Compare commits
179 Commits
v2.2.5.1
...
BEFORE_ON_
Author | SHA1 | Date | |
---|---|---|---|
|
e1c04de272 | ||
|
30a70b29ce | ||
|
4a13f6e37e | ||
|
2040ececde | ||
|
0e74909dd1 | ||
|
089e459b74 | ||
|
7d610b90ff | ||
|
f71c3b49e2 | ||
|
2c5d45edb5 | ||
|
2f1ae41432 | ||
|
57681e5bfd | ||
|
1eaf19628c | ||
|
9ec98f7c7f | ||
|
df613907d0 | ||
|
695a326318 | ||
|
a98c006d8d | ||
|
3ca6a5f046 | ||
|
8fb3bfe20f | ||
|
2736b3ce6d | ||
|
3e14ad2f45 | ||
|
0ceae93229 | ||
|
2ada7c652c | ||
|
ad90972f27 | ||
|
aec4371660 | ||
|
33fed83514 | ||
|
0e67e9e2d0 | ||
|
266527ec60 | ||
|
29b5f2cc19 | ||
|
f737d3967f | ||
|
27316302a4 | ||
|
233058c7ab | ||
|
941830cbe5 | ||
|
3bd380a388 | ||
|
484523cf52 | ||
|
b1944ebcd0 | ||
|
b64de91622 | ||
|
63da7df701 | ||
|
bfc38e4363 | ||
|
8062a6ab7b | ||
|
9e85f5ec6c | ||
|
d44523b1e0 | ||
|
a793c17b6c | ||
|
4b0ca8b999 | ||
|
f6fb552e5d | ||
|
0bc6abf126 | ||
|
2695b17409 | ||
|
85d03040fc | ||
|
2f382cc6be | ||
|
5e5437e00b | ||
|
3f4fc7967b | ||
|
cbb4b02f09 | ||
|
c909783630 | ||
|
a6a997a68d | ||
|
11b6e0c533 | ||
|
75e0bd4460 | ||
|
ab13d1c58f | ||
|
45a248176c | ||
|
0bed1ceef8 | ||
|
f9c165b1d6 | ||
|
d62653e63f | ||
|
55b88634eb | ||
|
b0f853260e | ||
|
af2251f16f | ||
|
4ee0ff3bd6 | ||
|
7f3938321d | ||
|
f443043db0 | ||
|
1ad83f6b37 | ||
|
ae9cab0676 | ||
|
a0948e2723 | ||
|
0767cb6f44 | ||
|
4c7277db42 | ||
|
5c69031cd1 | ||
|
35a0184e7d | ||
|
10461e195f | ||
|
d3e41b770e | ||
|
78cb10ef7d | ||
|
fccd6cdc31 | ||
|
55db6a69ce | ||
|
4ccd46a29e | ||
|
dfc0e3fb9a | ||
|
1cfae2e074 | ||
|
1d43cb9e7f | ||
|
07d7f20b50 | ||
|
ad9cd15cb0 | ||
|
031dfec8d4 | ||
|
1126585b76 | ||
|
df801fc6d4 | ||
|
e45212eb04 | ||
|
fd433c2e31 | ||
|
3fa4bd0e78 | ||
|
3509d340e2 | ||
|
3112490359 | ||
|
56d2f75071 | ||
|
ca7408bd9a | ||
|
54ca0d120a | ||
|
3419e8e7bd | ||
|
5e679c4070 | ||
|
f77034779a | ||
|
3e61dfb0e8 | ||
|
0a1c1e6214 | ||
|
bb8a8dc5f7 | ||
|
2a2b997f07 | ||
|
012286eb3b | ||
|
632efa475b | ||
|
64c13219b0 | ||
|
51a58d8b4b | ||
|
4567f2b2c6 | ||
|
74afbadc17 | ||
|
494a19d6d9 | ||
|
71c97a89fa | ||
|
a55e0ebc56 | ||
|
264de0cc03 | ||
|
919ae91ad7 | ||
|
03817a5e24 | ||
|
78c49c5829 | ||
|
d82323930c | ||
|
47af912426 | ||
|
aff5d59148 | ||
|
e6afccba51 | ||
|
83918cccc9 | ||
|
f48d169c4a | ||
|
0f8d11dc8d | ||
|
8943b4030c | ||
|
a2d8ce854e | ||
|
dd00f3f6fa | ||
|
2afa14f2c7 | ||
|
ff67d5860d | ||
|
b7c2d6ffcb | ||
|
9d084560f8 | ||
|
e6ae733061 | ||
|
7edc258ec2 | ||
|
df530a2693 | ||
|
307fc8d582 | ||
|
2d4dc3a4d0 | ||
|
4aefa363ef | ||
|
63c8fa9565 | ||
|
d42508c2a0 | ||
|
8a667305e7 | ||
|
10ca1c1459 | ||
|
1cd5241886 | ||
|
66b3ec7f9a | ||
|
888b0f22a9 | ||
|
6f72b08293 | ||
|
ecc7ceee42 | ||
|
a3c8a7ad5e | ||
|
f6bcfd974e | ||
|
8a693e6e04 | ||
|
c42b1de68a | ||
|
b97a2c5385 | ||
|
05ba6762b5 | ||
|
00a96720ec | ||
|
a8e72c8f27 | ||
|
dbaf885e87 | ||
|
0384e718cf | ||
|
e0fcbf2390 | ||
|
55a76346b1 | ||
|
fbdcff4a78 | ||
|
8947dc6d65 | ||
|
1f7fd1a500 | ||
|
d8ecfb85ee | ||
|
09b61d999d | ||
|
69d4002111 | ||
|
da27bd0b4a | ||
|
b01ca3e3d9 | ||
|
8c6f3b9c6d | ||
|
88b780d9f9 | ||
|
64a3ee5fd2 | ||
|
13d7105a66 | ||
|
bb4624242b | ||
|
b963e7d546 | ||
|
40bd6154f1 | ||
|
96525e629a | ||
|
02c6eadbc8 | ||
|
15b8c27a7a | ||
|
61714c237d | ||
|
2df793f9f4 | ||
|
d92a1d4f5a | ||
|
d6a3816816 | ||
|
ea1f75db44 |
18
.cvsignore
18
.cvsignore
@@ -21,23 +21,10 @@ linux-gnu.system.cache
|
||||
*.d
|
||||
*.swp
|
||||
*.swo
|
||||
*.swq
|
||||
Release
|
||||
Debug
|
||||
ReleaseDll
|
||||
DebugDll
|
||||
ReleaseUnicode
|
||||
DebugUnicode
|
||||
ReleaseUnicodeDll
|
||||
DebugUnicodeDll
|
||||
BaseRelease
|
||||
BaseDebug
|
||||
BaseReleaseDll
|
||||
BaseDebugDll
|
||||
BaseReleaseUnicode
|
||||
BaseDebugUnicode
|
||||
BaseReleaseUnicodeDll
|
||||
BaseDebugUnicodeDll
|
||||
ReleaseDLL
|
||||
DebugDLL
|
||||
robert
|
||||
stamp-h.in
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
@@ -50,6 +37,7 @@ base
|
||||
gtk
|
||||
motif
|
||||
win32
|
||||
univ
|
||||
base-release
|
||||
gtk-release
|
||||
motif-release
|
||||
|
14
BuildCVS.txt
14
BuildCVS.txt
@@ -115,20 +115,6 @@ ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
|
||||
Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
|
||||
section I).
|
||||
|
||||
IV) wxBase
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxBase is the non GUI part of wxWindows. Currently it can be only built using
|
||||
configure (i.e. under Unix and probably under Win32 with cygwin) and with
|
||||
Visual C++.
|
||||
|
||||
To build it using configure, just add "--disable-gui" argument to it.
|
||||
|
||||
To build wxBase with VC++, use the project files wxBase.dsp and wxBaseDll.dsp
|
||||
included in the CVS. See http://www.wxwindows.org/vadim/wxDocs/buildmsw.html
|
||||
for the instructions on how to generate the project files for the programs
|
||||
using wxBase.
|
||||
|
||||
V) MacOS
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
39
Makefile.in
39
Makefile.in
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ include ./src/make.env
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
VP1 = @top_srcdir@/src/common
|
||||
VP1_5 = @top_srcdir@/src/univ@PATH_IFS@@top_srcdir@/src/univ/themes
|
||||
VP2 = @top_srcdir@/src/@TOOLKIT_DIR@
|
||||
VP3 = @top_srcdir@/src/motif/xmcombo
|
||||
VP4 = @top_srcdir@/src/generic
|
||||
@@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ VP11 = @top_srcdir@/src/iodbc
|
||||
# the comment at the end of the next line is needed because otherwise autoconf
|
||||
# would remove this line completely - it contains a built-in hack to remove
|
||||
# any VPATH assignment not containing ':'
|
||||
VPATH = $(VP1)@PATH_IFS@$(VP2)@PATH_IFS@$(VP3)@PATH_IFS@$(VP4)@PATH_IFS@$(VP5)@PATH_IFS@$(VP6)@PATH_IFS@$(VP7)@PATH_IFS@$(VP8)@PATH_IFS@$(VP9)@PATH_IFS@$(VP10)@PATH_IFS@$(VP11) # ':' for autoconf
|
||||
VPATH = $(VP1)@PATH_IFS@$(VP1_5)@PATH_IFS@$(VP2)@PATH_IFS@$(VP3)@PATH_IFS@$(VP4)@PATH_IFS@$(VP5)@PATH_IFS@$(VP6)@PATH_IFS@$(VP7)@PATH_IFS@$(VP8)@PATH_IFS@$(VP9)@PATH_IFS@$(VP10)@PATH_IFS@$(VP11) # ':' for autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
@@ -532,13 +533,10 @@ ALL_DIST: distclean
|
||||
# but is not used when building wxBase distribution
|
||||
ALL_GUI_DIST: ALL_DIST
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wx$(TOOLKIT).spec $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxBase.spec $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/$(TOOLKITDIR)/install.txt $(DISTDIR)/INSTALL.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/$(TOOLKITDIR)/changes.txt $(DISTDIR)/CHANGES.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/$(TOOLKITDIR)/readme.txt $(DISTDIR)/README.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/$(TOOLKITDIR)/todo.txt $(DISTDIR)/TODO.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/base/todo.txt $(DISTDIR)/wxBASE.todo
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/base/install.txt $(DISTDIR)/wxBASE.install
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/include
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/include/wx
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/include/wx/$(TOOLKITDIR)
|
||||
@@ -564,7 +562,7 @@ ALL_GUI_DIST: ALL_DIST
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/src/tiff
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/src/iodbc
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/src/unix
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@PORT_FILES@ $(DISTDIR)/@PORT_FILES@
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@PORT_FILES@ $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(SRCDIR)/*.in $(DISTDIR)/src
|
||||
cp $(COMMDIR)/*.cpp $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
cp $(COMMDIR)/*.c $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
@@ -604,18 +602,16 @@ BASE_DIST: ALL_DIST
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/include/wx/unix
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/src/unix
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@PORT_FILES@ $(DISTDIR)/@PORT_FILES@
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@PORT_FILES@ $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@RPM_FILES@ $(DISTDIR)/@RPM_FILES@
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/@RPM_SPEC@ $(DISTDIR)/@RPM_SPEC@
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxBase*.ds[pw] $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/base/install.txt $(DISTDIR)/INSTALL.txt
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxBase.dsp $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/install.txt $(DISTDIR)/INSTALL.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/changes.txt $(DISTDIR)/CHANGES.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/readme.txt $(DISTDIR)/README.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/base/todo.txt $(DISTDIR)/TODO.txt
|
||||
cp $(DOCDIR)/todo.txt $(DISTDIR)/TODO.txt
|
||||
cp $(SRCDIR)/*.in $(DISTDIR)/src
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/src/common/*.inc $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/src/common/base.rc $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/src/common/unzip.h $(DISTDIR)/src/common
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/src/common/unzip.h $(DISTDIR)/src/common/unzip.h
|
||||
list='$(HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/include/wx/$$p $(DISTDIR)/include/wx/$$p; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@@ -623,18 +619,8 @@ BASE_DIST: ALL_DIST
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/src/$$p $(DISTDIR)/src/$$p; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/samples
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/samples
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/configure $(DISTDIR)/samples
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/configure.in $(DISTDIR)/samples
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/samples/console
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/console/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/samples/console
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/console/makefile.unx $(DISTDIR)/samples/console
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/console/console.cpp $(DISTDIR)/samples/console
|
||||
cp $(SAMPDIR)/console/testdata.fc $(DISTDIR)/samples/console
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_DIST: ALL_GUI_DIST
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxGTK.spec $(DISTDIR)
|
||||
cp $(INCDIR)/wx/gtk/*.h $(DISTDIR)/include/wx/gtk
|
||||
cp $(INCDIR)/wx/gtk/*.xpm $(DISTDIR)/include/wx/gtk
|
||||
cp $(GTKDIR)/*.cpp $(DISTDIR)/src/gtk
|
||||
@@ -1216,6 +1202,7 @@ PYTHON_DIST:
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo/bitmaps
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo/data
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/distrib
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/src
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/src/gtk
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/wxPython
|
||||
@@ -1224,9 +1211,7 @@ PYTHON_DIST:
|
||||
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/sizers
|
||||
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/*.txt $(DISTDIR)/wxPython
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/*.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/setup.cfg $(DISTDIR)/wxPython
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/MANIFEST.in $(DISTDIR)/wxPython
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/contrib/buildall.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/contrib
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/contrib/glcanvas/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/contrib/glcanvas
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/contrib/glcanvas/gtk/glcanvas.* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/contrib/glcanvas/gtk
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/contrib/ogl/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/contrib/ogl
|
||||
@@ -1234,11 +1219,13 @@ PYTHON_DIST:
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/demo/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/demo/bitmaps/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo/bitmaps
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/demo/data/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/demo/data
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/distrib/build.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/distrib
|
||||
-cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/src/* $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/src
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/src/gtk/*.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/src/gtk
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/src/gtk/*.cpp $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/src/gtk
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/*.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/editor/*.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/editor
|
||||
cp $(WXDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/sizers/*.py $(DISTDIR)/wxPython/wxPython/lib/sizers
|
||||
|
||||
distclean:
|
||||
$(RM) -r _dist_dir
|
||||
|
10
TODO
Normal file
10
TODO
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
All
|
||||
|
||||
* problem with horz scrolling: the focus rect isn't drawn entirely...
|
||||
* write sample testing all listbox styles/events
|
||||
|
||||
MSW
|
||||
|
||||
GTK
|
||||
|
||||
* check/radio box remains pressed
|
194
aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
194
aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
||||
# Configure paths for GTK+
|
||||
# Owen Taylor 97-11-3
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_GTK_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
|
||||
dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK_2_0,
|
||||
[dnl
|
||||
dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config-2.0 script
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[ --with-gtk-prefix=PFX Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
|
||||
gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[ --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
|
||||
gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [ --disable-gtktest Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
|
||||
, enable_gtktest=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
for module in . $4
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$module" in
|
||||
gthread)
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG_2_0, gtk-config-2.0, no)
|
||||
min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.3.1,$1)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
|
||||
no_gtk=""
|
||||
if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
|
||||
no_gtk=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --cflags`
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --libs`
|
||||
gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
|
||||
gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
|
||||
gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
|
||||
dnl checks the results of gtk-config-2.0 to some extent
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
rm -f conf.gtktest
|
||||
AC_TRY_RUN([
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int major, minor, micro;
|
||||
char *tmp_version;
|
||||
|
||||
system ("touch conf.gtktest");
|
||||
|
||||
/* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
|
||||
tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
|
||||
if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) {
|
||||
printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
|
||||
(gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
|
||||
(gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n*** 'gtk-config-2.0 --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
|
||||
$gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config-2.0 was correct, then it is best\n");
|
||||
printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
|
||||
printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
|
||||
printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
|
||||
printf("*** required on your system.\n");
|
||||
printf("*** If gtk-config-2.0 was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG_2_0\n");
|
||||
printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config-2.0, and remove the file config.cache\n");
|
||||
printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
|
||||
else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
|
||||
(gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
|
||||
(gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
|
||||
GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
|
||||
printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
|
||||
((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
|
||||
((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
|
||||
major, minor, micro);
|
||||
printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
|
||||
printf("***\n");
|
||||
printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
|
||||
printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config-2.0 shell script is\n");
|
||||
printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
|
||||
printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment to point to the\n");
|
||||
printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config-2.0. (In this case, you will have to\n");
|
||||
printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
|
||||
printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $gtk_config_major_version.$gtk_config_minor_version.$gtk_config_micro_version))
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
|
||||
echo "*** The gtk-config-2.0 script installed by GTK could not be found"
|
||||
echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
|
||||
echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment variable to the"
|
||||
echo "*** full path to gtk-config-2.0."
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
], [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
|
||||
echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
|
||||
echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
|
||||
echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
|
||||
echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
|
||||
echo "*** is required on your system"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
|
||||
echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
|
||||
echo "*** came with the system with the command"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
|
||||
echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
|
||||
echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
|
||||
echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config-2.0 script: $GTK_CONFIG_2_0" ])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=""
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
|
||||
rm -f conf.gtktest
|
||||
])
|
975
configure.in
975
configure.in
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ all:
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
cd src; make clean
|
||||
cd samples; make clean
|
||||
cd utils; make clean
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
samples:
|
||||
cd samples; make
|
||||
|
8
contrib/configure
vendored
8
contrib/configure
vendored
@@ -817,12 +817,16 @@ trap 'rm -fr `echo "
|
||||
src/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
src/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
src/stc/Makefile
|
||||
src/xml/Makefile
|
||||
samples/Makefile
|
||||
samples/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
|
||||
samples/stc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
|
||||
" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
|
||||
@@ -906,12 +910,16 @@ CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile
|
||||
src/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
src/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
src/stc/Makefile
|
||||
src/xml/Makefile
|
||||
samples/Makefile
|
||||
samples/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
|
||||
samples/stc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
|
||||
"}
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
|
||||
|
@@ -42,10 +42,14 @@ AC_OUTPUT([
|
||||
src/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
src/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
src/stc/Makefile
|
||||
src/xml/Makefile
|
||||
samples/Makefile
|
||||
samples/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
|
||||
samples/stc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
||||
html
|
||||
htmlhelp
|
||||
pdf
|
||||
winhelp
|
||||
htb
|
@@ -214,15 +214,30 @@ been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
|
||||
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition to seek the input stream
|
||||
to the right position. This must be overidden by the file codec class.
|
||||
The position is relative to the beginning of the samples.
|
||||
If it is impossible (as for a piped input stream), you must return FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
|
||||
\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is an internal function but it must called by the file codec class when
|
||||
the "playing" preparation is finished and you know the size of the stream.
|
||||
If it is an {\it infinite} stream, you should set this to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to get new sound data to
|
||||
send to the device driver (or to a conversion codec). This must be eventually
|
||||
overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to read from
|
||||
the input stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to put new sound data received
|
||||
from the device driver (or from a conversion codec). This must be eventually
|
||||
overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to write to
|
||||
the input stream.
|
||||
|
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Codec router class
|
||||
This is the router "codec" class. It should do codec routing when the device
|
||||
driver does not deal with a format.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -17,43 +17,21 @@ Codec router class
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundCodec}{wxsoundcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Read}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Write}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamgetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
SetSoundFormat will first try to setup the device driver with the specified
|
||||
format. If this fails, it will try to find a codec which will convert the
|
||||
input format to a valid format for the device driver. It uses an internal
|
||||
codec database.
|
||||
|
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudio : public wxObject {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus;
|
||||
// Table of contents manager
|
||||
class CDtoc {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT CDtoc {
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxCDtime *tracks_time, *tracks_pos;
|
||||
wxCDtime total_time;
|
||||
|
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
||||
// AIFF codec
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundAiff(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
wxSoundAiff(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
|
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
// Base class for sound streams
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundStream {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStream();
|
||||
virtual ~wxSoundStream();
|
||||
|
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamCodec(wxSoundStream& snd_io);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamCodec();
|
||||
|
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
|
||||
// PCM converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef void (*ConverterType)(const void *buf_in, void *buf_out,
|
||||
wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 2000
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDMSAD_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDMSAD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndmsad.h"
|
||||
@@ -17,46 +17,52 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxUint16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxInt16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MSADPCM format
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm: public wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCoefs(wxInt16 **coefs, wxUint16 ncoefs, wxUint16 coefs_len);
|
||||
void GetCoefs(wxInt16 **&coefs, wxUint16& ncoefs,
|
||||
wxUint16& coefs_len) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
void SetBlockSize(wxUint16 block_size);
|
||||
wxUint16 GetBlockSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetChannels(wxUint16 channels);
|
||||
wxUint16 GetChannels() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_MSADPCM; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSamplesBlock(wxUint16 sampblock);
|
||||
wxUint16 GetSamplesBlock() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCoefs(wxMSAdpcmCoefs& coefs);
|
||||
wxMSAdpcmCoefs& GetCoefs() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate;
|
||||
wxMSAdpcmCoefs *m_coefs;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate, m_nchannels;
|
||||
wxInt16 **m_coefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_ncoefs, m_coefs_len;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_block_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MS ADPCM converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamAdpcm();
|
||||
wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
@@ -67,6 +73,32 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
wxInt32 predictor;
|
||||
wxInt16 samp1;
|
||||
wxInt16 samp2;
|
||||
wxInt16 coeff[2];
|
||||
wxInt32 iDelta;
|
||||
} AdpcmState;
|
||||
|
||||
AdpcmState m_state[1];
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_got_header;
|
||||
bool m_stereo;
|
||||
wxInt16 **m_coefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_block_size;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_ncoefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_next_block;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 DecodeMonoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len);
|
||||
wxUint32 DecodeStereoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len);
|
||||
void Nibble(wxInt8 nyb,
|
||||
AdpcmState *state,
|
||||
wxInt16 **out_buffer);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
||||
// OSS output class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamOSS(const wxString& dev_name = wxT("/dev/dsp"));
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamOSS();
|
||||
|
@@ -42,12 +42,18 @@ protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
|
||||
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
|
||||
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputMSADPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputPCM(wxDataOutputStream& data);
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputG72X(wxDataOutputStream& data);
|
||||
|
||||
|
181
contrib/include/wx/stc/SciLexer.h
Normal file
181
contrib/include/wx/stc/SciLexer.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// SciLexer - interface to the added lexer functions in the SciLexer version of the edit control
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCILEXER_H
|
||||
#define SCILEXER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0
|
||||
#define SCLEX_NULL 1
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2
|
||||
#define SCLEX_CPP 3
|
||||
#define SCLEX_HTML 4
|
||||
#define SCLEX_XML 5
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PERL 6
|
||||
#define SCLEX_SQL 7
|
||||
#define SCLEX_VB 8
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PROPERTIES 9
|
||||
#define SCLEX_ERRORLIST 10
|
||||
#define SCLEX_MAKEFILE 11
|
||||
#define SCLEX_BATCH 12
|
||||
#define SCLEX_XCODE 13
|
||||
#define SCLEX_LATEX 14
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
|
||||
#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2
|
||||
#define SCE_P_STRING 3
|
||||
#define SCE_P_CHARACTER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_P_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_P_TRIPLE 6
|
||||
#define SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
|
||||
#define SCE_P_CLASSNAME 8
|
||||
#define SCE_P_DEFNAME 9
|
||||
#define SCE_P_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
|
||||
#define SCE_P_STRINGEOL 13
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_VB
|
||||
#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOC 3
|
||||
#define SCE_C_NUMBER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_C_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_C_STRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_C_CHARACTER 7
|
||||
#define SCE_C_UUID 8
|
||||
#define SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
||||
#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_xML
|
||||
#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAG 1
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
|
||||
#define SCE_H_NUMBER 5
|
||||
#define SCE_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_H_SINGLESTRING 7
|
||||
#define SCE_H_OTHER 8
|
||||
#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10
|
||||
// XML and ASP
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGEND 11
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 12
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLEND 13
|
||||
#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 14
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASP 15
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASPAT 16
|
||||
// Embedded Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_START 40
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 41
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 42
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_NUMBER 45
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_WORD 46
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_KEYWORD 47
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
|
||||
// ASP Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_START 55
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_DEFAULT 56
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENT 57
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_NUMBER 60
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_WORD 61
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_KEYWORD 62
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
|
||||
// Embedded VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_START 70
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 71
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_NUMBER 73
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_WORD 74
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRING 75
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 77
|
||||
// ASP VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_START 80
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_DEFAULT 81
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_NUMBER 83
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_WORD 84
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRING 85
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
|
||||
// Embedded Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_START 90
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 91
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_NUMBER 93
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_STRING 94
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_CHARACTER 95
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_WORD 96
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLE 97
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_CLASSNAME 99
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 100
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 101
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
|
||||
// ASP Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_START 105
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFAULT 106
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_NUMBER 108
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_STRING 109
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_CHARACTER 110
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_WORD 111
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLE 112
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_CLASSNAME 114
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFNAME 115
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_OPERATOR 116
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_HERE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_POD 3
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_NUMBER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_STRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_CHARACTER 7
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_SCALAR 12
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_ARRAY 13
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_HASH 14
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REF 16
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REGEX 17
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REGSUBST 18
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_LATEX
|
||||
#define SCE_L_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_L_COMMAND 1
|
||||
#define SCE_L_TAG 2
|
||||
#define SCE_L_MATH 3
|
||||
#define SCE_L_COMMENT 4
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
38
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_all.h
Normal file
38
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_all.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_all.h
|
||||
// Purpose: includes all xh_*.h files
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_ALL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_ALL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Existing handlers:
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_menu.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_panel.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_dlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_bttn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_chckb.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_gauge.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_html.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_spin.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_sttxt.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_slidr.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_radbt.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_radbx.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_combo.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_chckl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_choic.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_sizer.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_stbmp.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_notbk.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_text.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xh_listb.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XMLRES_H_
|
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_bttn.h
Normal file
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_bttn.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_bttn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for buttons
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_bttn.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxButtonXmlHandler() : wxXmlResourceHandler() {}
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
|
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_chckb.h
Normal file
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_chckb.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_chckb.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCheckBox
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_chckb.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCheckBoxXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
|
33
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_chckl.h
Normal file
33
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_chckl.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_chckl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCheckListBox
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_chckl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCheckListXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideBox;
|
||||
wxArrayString strList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKLIST_H_
|
32
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_choic.h
Normal file
32
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_choic.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_choic.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxChoice
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_choic.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoiceXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxChoiceXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideBox;
|
||||
wxArrayString strList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
|
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_combo.h
Normal file
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_combo.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_combo.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxComboBox
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_combo.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxComboBoxXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideBox;
|
||||
wxArrayString strList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
|
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_dlg.h
Normal file
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_dlg.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_dlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for dialogs
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_DLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_DLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_dlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialogXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDialogXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_DLG_H_
|
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_gauge.h
Normal file
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_gauge.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_gauge.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxGauge
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_gauge.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GAUGE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGaugeXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGAUGE_DEFAULT_RANGE = 100
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGaugeXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
|
34
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_html.h
Normal file
34
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_html.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_html.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxHtmlWindow
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_HTML_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_HTML_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_html.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_HTML
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_SLIDER_H_
|
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_listb.h
Normal file
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_listb.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_listb.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxListbox
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/07/29
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_listb.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxListBoxXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideBox;
|
||||
wxArrayString strList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
|
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_menu.h
Normal file
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_menu.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_menu.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for menus/menubars
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_MENU_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_MENU_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_menu.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMenuXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideMenu;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMenuBarXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_MENU_H_
|
37
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_notbk.h
Normal file
37
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_notbk.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_notbk.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxNotebook
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_notbk.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebook;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxNotebookXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_IsInside;
|
||||
wxNotebook *m_Notebook;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
|
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_panel.h
Normal file
29
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_panel.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_panel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for panels
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_panel.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPanelXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPanelXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
|
33
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_radbt.h
Normal file
33
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_radbt.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_radbt.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for radio buttons
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_radbt.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxRadioButtonXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_RADIOBUTTON_H_
|
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_radbx.h
Normal file
35
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_radbx.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_radbx.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for radio box
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_radbx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxRadioBoxXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_InsideBox;
|
||||
wxArrayString strList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
|
36
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_sizer.h
Normal file
36
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_sizer.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_sizer.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxBoxSizer
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/04/24
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_sizer.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizer;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizerXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSizerXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_IsInside;
|
||||
wxSizer *m_ParentSizer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_BOXSIZER_H_
|
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_slidr.h
Normal file
40
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_slidr.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_slidr.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxSlider
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_slidr.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SLIDER
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSliderXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSL_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
|
||||
wxSL_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
|
||||
wxSL_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSliderXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_SLIDER_H_
|
55
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_spin.h
Normal file
55
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_spin.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_spin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxSpinButton
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_spin.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinButtonXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
|
||||
wxSP_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
|
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_stbmp.h
Normal file
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_stbmp.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_stbmp.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticBitmap
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/04/22
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_stbmp.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
|
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_sttxt.h
Normal file
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_sttxt.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_sttxt.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticBitmap
|
||||
// Author: Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_sttxt.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticTextXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxStaticTextXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
|
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_text.h
Normal file
30
contrib/include/wx/xml/xh_text.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xh_text.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxTextCtrl
|
||||
// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/21
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Aleksandras Gluchovas
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xh_text.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xmlres.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTextCtrlXmlHandler();
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
|
239
contrib/include/wx/xml/xml.h
Normal file
239
contrib/include/wx/xml/xml.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xml.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxXmlDocument - XML parser & data holder class
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XML_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XML_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xml.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlNode;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlProperty;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlDocument;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlIOHandler;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputStream;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxOutputStream;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents XML node type.
|
||||
enum wxXmlNodeType
|
||||
{
|
||||
// note: values are synchronized with xmlElementType from libxml
|
||||
wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE = 1,
|
||||
wxXML_ATTRIBUTE_NODE = 2,
|
||||
wxXML_TEXT_NODE = 3,
|
||||
wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE = 4,
|
||||
wxXML_ENTITY_REF_NODE = 5,
|
||||
wxXML_ENTITY_NODE = 6,
|
||||
wxXML_PI_NODE = 7,
|
||||
wxXML_COMMENT_NODE = 8,
|
||||
wxXML_DOCUMENT_NODE = 9,
|
||||
wxXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE_NODE = 10,
|
||||
wxXML_DOCUMENT_FRAG_NODE = 11,
|
||||
wxXML_NOTATION_NODE = 12,
|
||||
wxXML_HTML_DOCUMENT_NODE = 13
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Types of XML files:
|
||||
|
||||
enum wxXmlIOType
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxXML_IO_AUTO = 0, // detect it automatically
|
||||
wxXML_IO_LIBXML, // use libxml2 to parse/save XML document
|
||||
wxXML_IO_BIN, // save in binary uncompressed proprietary format
|
||||
wxXML_IO_BINZ // svae in binary zlib-compressed proprietary format
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents node property(ies).
|
||||
// Example: in <img src="hello.gif" id="3"/> "src" is property with value
|
||||
// "hello.gif" and "id" is prop. with value "3".
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlProperty
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlProperty() : m_Next(NULL) {}
|
||||
wxXmlProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value, wxXmlProperty *next)
|
||||
: m_Name(name), m_Value(value), m_Next(next) {}
|
||||
~wxXmlProperty() { delete m_Next; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxString GetName() const { return m_Name; }
|
||||
wxString GetValue() const { return m_Value; }
|
||||
wxXmlProperty *GetNext() const { return m_Next; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_Name = name; }
|
||||
void SetValue(const wxString& value) { m_Value = value; }
|
||||
void SetNext(wxXmlProperty *next) { m_Next = next; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_Name;
|
||||
wxString m_Value;
|
||||
wxXmlProperty *m_Next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents node in XML document. Node has name and may have content
|
||||
// and properties. Most common node types are wxXML_TEXT_NODE (name and props
|
||||
// are irrelevant) and wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE (e.g. in <title>hi</title> there is
|
||||
// element with name="title", irrelevant content and one child (wxXML_TEXT_NODE
|
||||
// with content="hi").
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlNode() : m_Properties(NULL), m_Parent(NULL),
|
||||
m_Children(NULL), m_Next(NULL) {}
|
||||
wxXmlNode(wxXmlNode *parent,wxXmlNodeType type,
|
||||
const wxString& name, const wxString& content,
|
||||
wxXmlProperty *props, wxXmlNode *next);
|
||||
~wxXmlNode() { delete m_Properties; delete m_Next; delete m_Children; }
|
||||
|
||||
// copy ctor & operator=. Note that this does NOT copy syblings
|
||||
// and parent pointer, i.e. m_Parent and m_Next will be NULL
|
||||
// after using copy ctor and are never unmodified by operator=.
|
||||
// On the other hand, it DOES copy children and properties.
|
||||
wxXmlNode(const wxXmlNode& node);
|
||||
wxXmlNode& operator=(const wxXmlNode& node);
|
||||
|
||||
// user-friendly creation:
|
||||
wxXmlNode(wxXmlNodeType type, const wxString& name,
|
||||
const wxString& content = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
void AddChild(wxXmlNode *child);
|
||||
void InsertChild(wxXmlNode *child, wxXmlNode *before_node);
|
||||
bool RemoveChild(wxXmlNode *child);
|
||||
void AddProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
|
||||
bool DeleteProperty(const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// access methods:
|
||||
wxXmlNodeType GetType() const { return m_Type; }
|
||||
wxString GetName() const { return m_Name; }
|
||||
wxString GetContent() const { return m_Content; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxXmlNode *GetParent() const { return m_Parent; }
|
||||
wxXmlNode *GetNext() const { return m_Next; }
|
||||
wxXmlNode *GetChildren() const { return m_Children; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxXmlProperty *GetProperties() const { return m_Properties; }
|
||||
bool GetPropVal(const wxString& propName, wxString *value) const;
|
||||
wxString GetPropVal(const wxString& propName, const wxString& defaultVal) const;
|
||||
bool HasProp(const wxString& propName) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetType(wxXmlNodeType type) { m_Type = type; }
|
||||
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_Name = name; }
|
||||
void SetContent(const wxString& con) { m_Content = con; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetParent(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_Parent = parent; }
|
||||
void SetNext(wxXmlNode *next) { m_Next = next; }
|
||||
void SetChildren(wxXmlNode *child) { m_Children = child; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetProperties(wxXmlProperty *prop) { m_Properties = prop; }
|
||||
void AddProperty(wxXmlProperty *prop);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxXmlNodeType m_Type;
|
||||
wxString m_Name;
|
||||
wxString m_Content;
|
||||
wxXmlProperty *m_Properties;
|
||||
wxXmlNode *m_Parent, *m_Children, *m_Next;
|
||||
|
||||
void DoCopy(const wxXmlNode& node);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// This class holds XML data/document as parsed by libxml. Note that
|
||||
// internal representation is independant on libxml and you can use
|
||||
// it without libxml (see Load/SaveBinary).
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlDocument : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlDocument() : wxObject(), m_Version(_T("1.0")), m_Root(NULL) {}
|
||||
wxXmlDocument(const wxString& filename, wxXmlIOType io_type = wxXML_IO_AUTO);
|
||||
wxXmlDocument(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlIOType io_type = wxXML_IO_AUTO);
|
||||
~wxXmlDocument() { delete m_Root; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxXmlDocument(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
wxXmlDocument& operator=(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
|
||||
// Parses .xml file and loads data. Returns TRUE on success, FALSE
|
||||
// otherwise.
|
||||
// NOTE: Any call to this method will result into linking against libxml
|
||||
// and app's binary size will grow by ca. 250kB
|
||||
bool Load(const wxString& filename, wxXmlIOType io_type = wxXML_IO_AUTO);
|
||||
bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlIOType io_type = wxXML_IO_AUTO);
|
||||
|
||||
// Saves document as .xml file.
|
||||
bool Save(const wxString& filename, wxXmlIOType io_type) const;
|
||||
bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, wxXmlIOType io_type) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns root node of the document.
|
||||
wxXmlNode *GetRoot() const { return m_Root; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns version of document (may be empty).
|
||||
wxString GetVersion() const { return m_Version; }
|
||||
// Returns encoding of document (may be empty).
|
||||
wxString GetEncoding() const { return m_Encoding; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Write-access methods:
|
||||
void SetRoot(wxXmlNode *node) { delete m_Root ; m_Root = node; }
|
||||
void SetVersion(const wxString& version) { m_Version = version; }
|
||||
void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_Encoding = encoding; }
|
||||
|
||||
static void AddHandler(wxXmlIOHandler *handler);
|
||||
static void CleanUpHandlers();
|
||||
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
static wxList *sm_Handlers;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_Version, m_Encoding;
|
||||
wxXmlNode *m_Root;
|
||||
|
||||
void DoCopy(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// wxXmlIOHandler takes care of loading and/or saving XML data.
|
||||
// see xmlio.h for available handlers
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlIOHandler : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlIOHandler() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxXmlIOType GetType() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool CanLoad(wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool CanSave() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlDocument& doc) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxXmlDocument& doc) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XML_H_
|
72
contrib/include/wx/xml/xmlio.h
Normal file
72
contrib/include/wx/xml/xmlio.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xmlio.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxXmlIOHandler - XML I/O classes
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/07/24
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XMLIO_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XMLIO_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xmlio.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xml.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlIOHandlerBin : public wxXmlIOHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlIOHandlerBin() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxXmlIOType GetType() { return wxXML_IO_BIN; }
|
||||
virtual bool CanLoad(wxInputStream& stream);
|
||||
virtual bool CanSave() { return TRUE; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString ReadHeader(wxInputStream& stream);
|
||||
void WriteHeader(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& header);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_ZLIB
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlIOHandlerBinZ : public wxXmlIOHandlerBin
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlIOHandlerBinZ() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxXmlIOType GetType() { return wxXML_IO_BINZ; }
|
||||
virtual bool CanLoad(wxInputStream& stream);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlIOHandlerLibxml : public wxXmlIOHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual wxXmlIOType GetType() { return wxXML_IO_LIBXML; }
|
||||
virtual bool CanLoad(wxInputStream& stream);
|
||||
virtual bool CanSave();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxXmlDocument& doc);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XMLIO_H_
|
256
contrib/include/wx/xml/xmlres.h
Normal file
256
contrib/include/wx/xml/xmlres.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: xmlres.h
|
||||
// Purpose: XML resources
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Created: 2000/03/05
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_XMLRES_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_XMLRES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "xmlres.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/datetime.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPanel;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlResourceHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/xml/xml.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlResourceDataRecord
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlResourceDataRecord() : Doc(NULL), Time(wxDateTime::Now()) {}
|
||||
~wxXmlResourceDataRecord() {delete Doc;}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString File;
|
||||
wxXmlDocument *Doc;
|
||||
wxDateTime Time;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxXmlResourceDataRecord, wxXmlResourceDataRecords);
|
||||
|
||||
// This class holds XML resources from one or more .xml files
|
||||
// (or derived forms, either binary or zipped -- see manual for
|
||||
// details).
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlResource : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlResource();
|
||||
wxXmlResource(const wxString& filemask);
|
||||
~wxXmlResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// Loads resources from XML files that match given filemask.
|
||||
// This method understands VFS (see filesys.h).
|
||||
bool Load(const wxString& filemask);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize handlers for all supported controls/windows. This will
|
||||
// make the executable quite big because it forces linking against
|
||||
// most of wxWin library
|
||||
void InitAllHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize only specific handler (or custom handler). Convention says
|
||||
// that handler name is equal to control's name plus 'XmlHandler', e.g.
|
||||
// wxTextCtrlXmlHandler, wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler. XML resource compiler
|
||||
// (xmlres) can create include file that contains initialization code for
|
||||
// all controls used within the resource.
|
||||
void AddHandler(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
|
||||
|
||||
// Removes all handlers
|
||||
void ClearHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
// Loads menu from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
|
||||
wxMenu *LoadMenu(const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Loads menubar from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
|
||||
wxMenuBar *LoadMenuBar(const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Loads dialog. dlg points to parent window (if any). Second form
|
||||
// is used to finish creation of already existing instance (main reason
|
||||
// for this is that you may want to use derived class with new event table)
|
||||
// Example (typical usage):
|
||||
// MyDialog dlg;
|
||||
// wxTheXmlResource->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
|
||||
// dlg->ShowModal();
|
||||
wxDialog *LoadDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
|
||||
bool LoadDialog(wxDialog *dlg, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Loads panel. panel points to parent window (if any). Second form
|
||||
// is used to finish creation of already existing instance.
|
||||
wxPanel *LoadPanel(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
|
||||
bool LoadPanel(wxPanel *panel, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns numeric ID that is equivalent to string id used in XML
|
||||
// resource. To be used in event tables
|
||||
// Macro XMLID is provided for convenience
|
||||
static int GetXMLID(const char *str_id);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Scans resources list for unloaded files and loads them. Also reloads
|
||||
// files that have been modified since last loading.
|
||||
void UpdateResources();
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds resource (calls UpdateResources) and returns node containing it
|
||||
wxXmlNode *FindResource(const wxString& name, const wxString& type);
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates resource from info in given node:
|
||||
wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove nodes with property "platform" that does not
|
||||
// match current platform
|
||||
void ProcessPlatformProperty(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxList m_Handlers;
|
||||
wxXmlResourceDataRecords m_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxXmlResourceHandler;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Global instance of resource class. For your convenience.
|
||||
extern wxXmlResource *wxTheXmlResource;
|
||||
|
||||
// This macro translates string identifier (as used in XML resource,
|
||||
// e.g. <menuitem id="my_menu">...</menuitem>) to integer id that is needed by
|
||||
// wxWindows event tables.
|
||||
// Example:
|
||||
// BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
// EVT_MENU(XMLID("quit"), MyFrame::OnQuit)
|
||||
// EVT_MENU(XMLID("about"), MyFrame::OnAbout)
|
||||
// EVT_MENU(XMLID("new"), MyFrame::OnNew)
|
||||
// EVT_MENU(XMLID("open"), MyFrame::OnOpen)
|
||||
// END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#define XMLID(str_id) \
|
||||
wxXmlResource::GetXMLID(_T(str_id))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// This macro returns pointer to particular control in dialog
|
||||
// created using XML resources. You can use it to set/get values from
|
||||
// controls.
|
||||
// Example:
|
||||
// wxDialog dlg;
|
||||
// wxTheXmlResource->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
|
||||
// XMLCTRL(dlg, "my_textctrl", wxTextCtrl)->SetValue(_T("default value"));
|
||||
|
||||
#define XMLCTRL(window, id, type) \
|
||||
((type*)((window).FindWindow(XMLID(id))))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXmlResourceHandler : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXmlResourceHandler();
|
||||
virtual ~wxXmlResourceHandler() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates object (menu, dialog, control, ...) from XML node.
|
||||
// Should check for validity.
|
||||
// parent is higher-level object (usually window, dialog or panel)
|
||||
// that is often neccessary to create resource
|
||||
// if instance != NULL it should not create new instance via 'new' but
|
||||
// rather use this one and call its Create method
|
||||
wxObject *CreateResource(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance);
|
||||
|
||||
// This one is called from CreateResource after variables
|
||||
// were filled
|
||||
virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns TRUE if it understands this node and can create
|
||||
// resource from it, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetParentResource(wxXmlResource *res) { m_Resource = res; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
wxXmlResource *m_Resource;
|
||||
wxArrayString m_StyleNames;
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_StyleValues;
|
||||
|
||||
// Variables (filled by CreateResource)
|
||||
wxXmlNode *m_Node;
|
||||
wxObject *m_Parent, *m_Instance;
|
||||
wxWindow *m_ParentAsWindow, *m_InstanceAsWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
// --- Handy methods:
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets node content from wxXML_ENTITY_NODE
|
||||
// (the problem is, <tag>content<tag> is represented as
|
||||
// wxXML_ENTITY_NODE name="tag", content=""
|
||||
// |-- wxXML_TEXT_NODE or
|
||||
// wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE name="" content="content"
|
||||
wxString GetNodeContent(wxXmlNode *node);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check to see if a param exists
|
||||
bool HasParam(const wxString& param);
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds the node or returns NULL
|
||||
wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(const wxString& param);
|
||||
wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& param);
|
||||
|
||||
// Add style flag (e.g. wxMB_DOCKABLE) to list of flags
|
||||
// understood by this handler
|
||||
void AddStyle(const wxString& name, int value);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets style flags from text in form "flag | flag2| flag3 |..."
|
||||
// Only understads flags added with AddStyle
|
||||
int GetStyle(const wxString& param = _T("style"), int defaults = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets text from param and does some convertions:
|
||||
// - replaces \n, \r, \t by respective chars (according to C syntax)
|
||||
// - replaces $ by & and $$ by $ (needed for $File => &File because of XML)
|
||||
// - converts encodings if neccessary
|
||||
wxString GetText(const wxString& param);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return XMLID
|
||||
int GetID();
|
||||
wxString GetName();
|
||||
|
||||
// Get bool flag (1,t,yes,on,true are TRUE, everything else is FALSE)
|
||||
bool GetBool(const wxString& param, bool defaultv = FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get integer value from param
|
||||
long GetLong( const wxString& param, long defaultv = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Get colour in HTML syntax (#RRGGBB)
|
||||
wxColour GetColour(const wxString& param);
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize GetSize(const wxString& param = _T("size"));
|
||||
wxPoint GetPosition(const wxString& param = _T("pos"));
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets common window options:
|
||||
void SetupWindow(wxWindow *wnd);
|
||||
|
||||
void CreateChildren(wxObject *parent, bool only_this_handler = FALSE,
|
||||
wxXmlNode *children_node = NULL /*stands for
|
||||
GetParamNode("children")*/);
|
||||
wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance = NULL)
|
||||
{ return m_Resource->CreateResFromNode(node, parent, instance); }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADD_STYLE(style) AddStyle(_T(#style), style)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_XMLRES_H_
|
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndaiff.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndulaw.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndmsad.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __UNIX__
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndoss.h"
|
||||
@@ -310,6 +311,16 @@ wxString MMBoardSoundFile::GetStringInformation()
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case wxSOUND_MSADPCM: {
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *adpcm_format = (wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *)format;
|
||||
|
||||
info += wxString::Format(wxT("Microsoft ADPCM\n"));
|
||||
info += wxString::Format(wxT("Sampling Rate: %d\n")
|
||||
wxT("Number of channels: %d\n"),
|
||||
adpcm_format->GetSampleRate(),
|
||||
adpcm_format->GetChannels());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case wxSOUND_ULAW: {
|
||||
wxSoundFormatUlaw *ulaw_format = (wxSoundFormatUlaw *)format;
|
||||
info += wxT("ULAW\n");
|
||||
|
@@ -207,12 +207,20 @@ wxUint8 MMBoardApp::TestMultimediaCaps()
|
||||
delete dev;
|
||||
|
||||
// We test the OSS (Open Sound System) support.
|
||||
// WARNING: There is a conflict between ESD and ALSA
|
||||
|
||||
// WARNING: There is a conflict between ESD and ALSA. We may be interrested
|
||||
// in disabling the auto detection of OSS is ESD has been detected.
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
if (!(caps & MM_SOUND_ESD)) {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
dev = new wxSoundStreamOSS();
|
||||
if (dev->GetError() == wxSOUND_NOERROR)
|
||||
caps |= MM_SOUND_OSS;
|
||||
delete dev;
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WIN32__
|
||||
|
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
# $Id$
|
||||
|
||||
CONTRIB_SUBDIRS=ogl mmedia stc
|
||||
CONTRIB_SUBDIRS=ogl mmedia stc xml
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
@for d in $(CONTRIB_SUBDIRS); do (cd $$d && $(MAKE)); done
|
||||
|
@@ -10,6 +10,13 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wx/wxprec.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/log.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -27,12 +34,14 @@ wxSoundFormatBase::~wxSoundFormatBase()
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *wxSoundFormatBase::Clone() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
wxLogFatalError(wxT("In wxSoundFormatBase::Clone() but I should"
|
||||
" not be there"));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (GetType() != frmt2.GetType());
|
||||
return (GetType() != frmt2.GetType());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -41,21 +50,21 @@ bool wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset all variables to their neutral value.
|
||||
m_sndformat = NULL;
|
||||
m_handler = NULL;
|
||||
m_snderror = wxSOUND_NOERROR;
|
||||
m_lastcount = 0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<2;i++)
|
||||
m_callback[i] = NULL;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset all variables to their neutral value.
|
||||
m_sndformat = NULL;
|
||||
m_handler = NULL;
|
||||
m_snderror = wxSOUND_NOERROR;
|
||||
m_lastcount = 0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<2;i++)
|
||||
m_callback[i] = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream::~wxSoundStream()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_sndformat)
|
||||
delete m_sndformat;
|
||||
delete m_sndformat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -69,13 +78,13 @@ wxSoundStream::~wxSoundStream()
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
bool wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// delete the previous prepared format
|
||||
if (m_sndformat)
|
||||
delete m_sndformat;
|
||||
|
||||
// create a new one by cloning the format passed in parameter
|
||||
m_sndformat = format.Clone();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
// delete the previous prepared format
|
||||
if (m_sndformat)
|
||||
delete m_sndformat;
|
||||
|
||||
// create a new one by cloning the format passed in parameter
|
||||
m_sndformat = format.Clone();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -379,11 +379,15 @@ bool wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format)
|
||||
// We try to minimize the need of dynamic memory allocation by preallocating a buffer. But
|
||||
// to be sure it will be efficient we minimize the best size.
|
||||
if (m_multiplier_in < m_multiplier_out) {
|
||||
m_prebuffer_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() * m_multiplier_out);
|
||||
m_best_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() * m_multiplier_in);
|
||||
m_prebuffer_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() *
|
||||
m_multiplier_out);
|
||||
m_best_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() *
|
||||
m_multiplier_in);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
m_prebuffer_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() * m_multiplier_in);
|
||||
m_best_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() * m_multiplier_out);
|
||||
m_prebuffer_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() *
|
||||
m_multiplier_in);
|
||||
m_best_size = (wxUint32)(m_sndio->GetBestSize() *
|
||||
m_multiplier_out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_prebuffer = new char[m_prebuffer_size];
|
||||
|
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcpcm.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndulaw.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndg72x.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndmsad.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Sound codec router
|
||||
@@ -106,6 +107,10 @@ bool wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format)
|
||||
m_router = new wxSoundStreamG72X(*m_sndio);
|
||||
m_router->SetSoundFormat(format);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxSOUND_MSADPCM:
|
||||
m_router = new wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm(*m_sndio);
|
||||
m_router->SetSoundFormat(format);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -6,10 +6,17 @@
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "sndulaw.cpp"
|
||||
#pragma implementation "sndmsad.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wx/wxprec.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/memory.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/log.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
|
||||
@@ -22,12 +29,21 @@
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm()
|
||||
: m_srate(22050)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_coefs = new wxMSAdpcmCoefs();
|
||||
m_ncoefs = 0;
|
||||
m_coefs_len = 0;
|
||||
m_coefs = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_coefs;
|
||||
if (m_ncoefs) {
|
||||
wxUint16 i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<m_ncoefs;i++)
|
||||
delete[] m_coefs[i];
|
||||
delete[] m_coefs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate)
|
||||
@@ -40,34 +56,83 @@ wxUint32 wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetSampleRate() const
|
||||
return m_srate;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::SetChannels(wxUint16 nchannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nchannels = nchannels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint16 wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetChannels() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_nchannels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::SetCoefs(wxInt16 **coefs, wxUint16 ncoefs,
|
||||
wxUint16 coefs_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxUint16 i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_ncoefs) {
|
||||
for (i=0;i<m_ncoefs;i++)
|
||||
delete[] (m_coefs[i]);
|
||||
delete[] m_coefs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// TODO: Add some memory checking here
|
||||
m_coefs = new (wxInt16 *)[ncoefs];
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<ncoefs;i++)
|
||||
m_coefs[i] = new wxInt16[coefs_len];
|
||||
|
||||
m_ncoefs = ncoefs;
|
||||
m_coefs_len = coefs_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetCoefs(wxInt16 **& coefs, wxUint16& ncoefs,
|
||||
wxUint16& coefs_len) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
coefs = m_coefs;
|
||||
ncoefs = m_ncoefs;
|
||||
coefs_len = m_coefs_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::SetBlockSize(wxUint16 block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_block_size = block_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint16 wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetBlockSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_block_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::Clone() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *adpcm = new wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
|
||||
adpcm->m_srate = m_srate;
|
||||
adpcm->m_coefs = new wxMSAdpcmCoefs();
|
||||
*(adpcm->m_coefs) = *m_coefs;
|
||||
adpcm->m_srate = m_srate;
|
||||
adpcm->SetCoefs(m_coefs, m_ncoefs, m_coefs_len);
|
||||
adpcm->m_nchannels = m_nchannels;
|
||||
adpcm->m_block_size = m_block_size;
|
||||
return adpcm;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return 2 * bytes / (m_nchannels * m_srate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return time * m_nchannels * m_srate / 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm::operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSoundFormatUlaw *adpcm = (wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *)&frmt2;
|
||||
const wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *adpcm = (const wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *)&frmt2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (frmt2.GetType() != wxSOUND_MSADPCM)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
return (adpcm->m_srate != m_srate) && 0;
|
||||
return (adpcm->m_srate != m_srate) && (adpcm->m_nchannels != m_nchannels);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -79,6 +144,7 @@ wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio)
|
||||
// PCM converter
|
||||
m_router = new wxSoundRouterStream(sndio);
|
||||
m_got_header = FALSE;
|
||||
m_stereo = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::~wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm()
|
||||
@@ -94,45 +160,188 @@ wxSoundStream& wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static wxInt16 gl_ADPCMcoeff_delta[] = {
|
||||
230, 230, 230, 230, 307, 409, 512, 614, 768, 614, 512, 409, 307, 230, 230, 230
|
||||
230, 230, 230, 230, 307, 409, 512, 614, 768, 614, 512, 409, 307,
|
||||
230, 230, 230
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static wxInt16 gl_ADPCMcoeff_1[] = {
|
||||
256, 512, 0, 192, 240, 460, 392
|
||||
};
|
||||
wxUint32 wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::DecodeMonoADPCM(const void *in_buffer,
|
||||
void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxUint8 *ADPCMdata;
|
||||
wxInt16 *PCMdata;
|
||||
AdpcmState *state;
|
||||
wxUint32 out_len;
|
||||
|
||||
ADPCMdata = (wxUint8 *)in_buffer;
|
||||
PCMdata = (wxInt16 *)out_buffer;
|
||||
state = &m_state[0];
|
||||
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_16(i) i = *ADPCMdata++, i |= ((wxUint32)(*ADPCMdata++) << 8)
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_8(i) i = (*ADPCMdata++)
|
||||
|
||||
static wxInt16 gl_ADPCMcoeff_2[] = {
|
||||
0, -256, 0, 64, 0, -208, -232
|
||||
};
|
||||
out_len = 0;
|
||||
while (in_len != 0) {
|
||||
if (m_next_block == 0) {
|
||||
GET_DATA_8(state->predictor);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state->iDelta);
|
||||
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state->samp1);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state->samp2);
|
||||
|
||||
state->coeff[0] = state->coeff[1] = m_coefs[0][ state->predictor ];
|
||||
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state->samp2;
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state->samp1;
|
||||
in_len -= 7;
|
||||
out_len += 4;
|
||||
m_next_block = m_block_size;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (in_len != 0 && m_next_block != 0) {
|
||||
wxUint8 nib[2];
|
||||
|
||||
GET_DATA_8(nib[0]);
|
||||
nib[1] = (nib[0] >> 4) & 0x0f;
|
||||
nib[0] &= 0x0f;
|
||||
|
||||
Nibble(nib[0], state, &PCMdata);
|
||||
Nibble(nib[1], state, &PCMdata);
|
||||
|
||||
in_len -= 4;
|
||||
out_len += 4;
|
||||
m_next_block -= 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return out_len;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef GET_DATA_16
|
||||
#undef GET_DATA_8
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::DecodeStereoADPCM(const void *in_buffer,
|
||||
void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxUint8 *ADPCMdata;
|
||||
wxInt16 *PCMdata;
|
||||
AdpcmState *state0, *state1;
|
||||
wxUint32 out_len;
|
||||
|
||||
ADPCMdata = (wxUint8 *)in_buffer;
|
||||
PCMdata = (wxInt16 *)out_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
state0 = &m_state[0];
|
||||
state1 = &m_state[1];
|
||||
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_16(i) i = *ADPCMdata++, i |= ((wxUint32)(*ADPCMdata++) << 8)
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_8(i) i = (*ADPCMdata++)
|
||||
|
||||
out_len = 0;
|
||||
while (in_len != 0) {
|
||||
if (!m_next_block) {
|
||||
GET_DATA_8(state0->predictor);
|
||||
GET_DATA_8(state1->predictor);
|
||||
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state0->iDelta);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state1->iDelta);
|
||||
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state0->samp1);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state1->samp1);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state0->samp2);
|
||||
GET_DATA_16(state1->samp2);
|
||||
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state0->samp2;
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state1->samp2;
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state0->samp1;
|
||||
*PCMdata++ = state1->samp1;
|
||||
|
||||
in_len -= 14;
|
||||
out_len += 8;
|
||||
m_next_block = m_block_size;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (in_len != 0 && m_next_block > 0) {
|
||||
wxUint8 nib[2];
|
||||
|
||||
GET_DATA_8(nib[0]);
|
||||
nib[1] = (nib[0] >> 4) & 0x0f;
|
||||
nib[0] &= 0x0f;
|
||||
|
||||
Nibble(nib[0], state0, &PCMdata);
|
||||
Nibble(nib[1], state1, &PCMdata);
|
||||
|
||||
in_len -= 4;
|
||||
out_len += 4;
|
||||
m_next_block -= 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return out_len;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef GET_DATA_16
|
||||
#undef GET_DATA_8
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::Nibble(wxInt8 nyb,
|
||||
AdpcmState *state,
|
||||
wxInt16 **out_buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxUint32 new_delta;
|
||||
wxInt32 new_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
// First: compute the next delta value
|
||||
new_delta = (state->iDelta * gl_ADPCMcoeff_delta[nyb]) >> 8;
|
||||
// If null, minor it by 16
|
||||
if (!new_delta)
|
||||
new_delta = 16;
|
||||
|
||||
// Barycentre
|
||||
new_sample = (state->samp1 * state->coeff[0] +
|
||||
state->samp2 * state->coeff[1]) / 256;
|
||||
|
||||
// Regenerate the sign
|
||||
if (nyb & 0x08)
|
||||
nyb -= 0x10;
|
||||
|
||||
new_sample += state->iDelta * nyb;
|
||||
|
||||
// Samples must be in [-32767, 32768]
|
||||
if (new_sample < -32768)
|
||||
new_sample = -32768;
|
||||
else if (new_sample > 32767)
|
||||
new_sample = 32767;
|
||||
|
||||
state->iDelta = new_delta;
|
||||
state->samp2 = state->samp1;
|
||||
state->samp1 = new_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
*(*out_buffer)++ = new_sample;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxInt16 delta;
|
||||
wxUint8 ADPCMdata;
|
||||
wxUint16 *PCMdata;
|
||||
wxInt16 coeff1, coeff2;
|
||||
wxUint8 *out_buf;
|
||||
wxUint32 new_len;
|
||||
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_16 (*ADPCMdata++ | ((wxUint32)(*ADPCMdata++) << 8);
|
||||
#define GET_DATA_8 (*ADPCMdata++)
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_got_header) {
|
||||
i_predict = GET_DATA_8;
|
||||
delta = GET_DATA_16;
|
||||
samp1 = GET_DATA_16;
|
||||
PCMdata = GET_DATA_16;
|
||||
len -= 3*2 + 1;
|
||||
m_got_header = TRUE;
|
||||
// TODO: prealloc the output buffer
|
||||
out_buf = new wxUint8[len*2];
|
||||
|
||||
coeff1 = gl_ADPCMcoeff_1[i_predict];
|
||||
coeff2 = gl_ADPCMcoeff_2[i_predict];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!m_stereo)
|
||||
new_len = DecodeMonoADPCM(buffer, out_buf, len);
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_len = DecodeStereoADPCM(buffer, out_buf, len);
|
||||
|
||||
m_router->Write(out_buf, new_len);
|
||||
|
||||
m_lastcount = len;
|
||||
m_snderror = wxSOUND_NOERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] out_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
while (len > 0) {
|
||||
nyb1 = GET_DATA_8;
|
||||
nyb0 = (nyb1 & 0xf0) >> 4;
|
||||
nyb1 &= 0x0f;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -143,23 +352,36 @@ wxUint32 wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::GetBestSize() const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm::SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (format.GetType() != wxSOUND_ULAW) {
|
||||
if (format.GetType() != wxSOUND_MSADPCM) {
|
||||
m_snderror = wxSOUND_INVFRMT;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatPcm pcm;
|
||||
wxSoundFormatUlaw *ulaw;
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *adpcm;
|
||||
wxUint16 ncoefs, coefs_len;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStreamCodec::SetSoundFormat(format);
|
||||
|
||||
ulaw = (wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *)m_sndformat;
|
||||
adpcm = (wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm *)m_sndformat;
|
||||
|
||||
adpcm->GetCoefs(m_coefs, ncoefs, coefs_len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ncoefs) {
|
||||
wxLogError(__FILE__ ":%d: Number of ADPCM coefficients"
|
||||
" must be non null", __LINE__);
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pcm.SetSampleRate(adpcm->GetSampleRate());
|
||||
pcm.SetBPS(16);
|
||||
pcm.SetChannels(adpcm->GetChannels());
|
||||
pcm.Signed(TRUE);
|
||||
pcm.SetOrder(wxBYTE_ORDER);
|
||||
|
||||
m_stereo = (adpcm->GetChannels() == 2);
|
||||
m_block_size = adpcm->GetBlockSize();
|
||||
m_next_block = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_router->SetSoundFormat(pcm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -163,8 +163,9 @@ bool wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// As the codec only support 16 bits, Mono we must use a wxSoundRouter to filter the data and
|
||||
// to translate them to a format supported by the sound card.
|
||||
// As the codec only support 16 bits, Mono we must use a wxSoundRouter
|
||||
// to filter the data and to translate them to a format supported
|
||||
// by the sound card.
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatPcm pcm;
|
||||
wxSoundFormatUlaw *ulaw;
|
||||
|
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndg72x.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndmsad.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndwav.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define BUILD_SIGNATURE(a,b,c,d) (((wxUint32)a) | (((wxUint32)b) << 8) | (((wxUint32)c) << 16) | (((wxUint32)d) << 24))
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +98,8 @@ bool wxSoundWave::CanRead()
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
|
||||
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -112,10 +114,53 @@ bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
if (!SetSoundFormat(sndformat))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_input->SeekI(len, wxFromCurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputMSADPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
|
||||
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm sndformat;
|
||||
wxInt16 *coefs[2];
|
||||
wxUint16 coefs_len, i;
|
||||
wxUint16 block_size;
|
||||
|
||||
sndformat.SetSampleRate(sample_fq);
|
||||
sndformat.SetChannels(channels);
|
||||
|
||||
block_size = data.Read16();
|
||||
coefs_len = data.Read16();
|
||||
|
||||
coefs[0] = new wxInt16[coefs_len];
|
||||
coefs[1] = new wxInt16[coefs_len];
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<coefs_len;i++) {
|
||||
coefs[0][i] = data.Read16();
|
||||
coefs[1][i] = data.Read16();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sndformat.SetCoefs(coefs, 2, coefs_len);
|
||||
sndformat.SetBlockSize(block_size);
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] coefs[0];
|
||||
delete[] coefs[1];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!SetSoundFormat(sndformat))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
len -= coefs_len*4 + 4;
|
||||
|
||||
m_input->SeekI(len, wxFromCurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
|
||||
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -127,6 +172,8 @@ bool wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
|
||||
if (!SetSoundFormat(sndformat))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_input->SeekI(len, wxFromCurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -173,16 +220,27 @@ bool wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay()
|
||||
// Get the common parameters
|
||||
data >> format >> channels >> sample_fq
|
||||
>> byte_p_sec >> byte_p_spl >> bits_p_spl;
|
||||
len -= 16;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (format) {
|
||||
case 0x01: // PCM
|
||||
if (!HandleOutputPCM(data, channels, sample_fq,
|
||||
byte_p_sec, byte_p_spl, bits_p_spl))
|
||||
if (!HandleOutputPCM(data, len, channels, sample_fq,
|
||||
byte_p_sec, byte_p_spl,
|
||||
bits_p_spl))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x02: // MS ADPCM
|
||||
if (!HandleOutputMSADPCM(data, len,
|
||||
channels, sample_fq,
|
||||
byte_p_sec, byte_p_spl,
|
||||
bits_p_spl))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x40: // G721
|
||||
if (!HandleOutputG721(data, channels, sample_fq,
|
||||
byte_p_sec, byte_p_spl, bits_p_spl))
|
||||
if (!HandleOutputG721(data, len,
|
||||
channels, sample_fq,
|
||||
byte_p_sec, byte_p_spl,
|
||||
bits_p_spl))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
|
@@ -98,8 +98,11 @@ wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin()
|
||||
|
||||
m_waiting_for = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!OpenDevice(wxSOUND_OUTPUT))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (!OpenDevice(wxSOUND_OUTPUT)) {
|
||||
m_snderror = wxSOUND_NOERROR; //next call to OpenDevice won't do this
|
||||
if (!OpenDevice(wxSOUND_INPUT))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CloseDevice();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -503,7 +503,8 @@ bool wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM()
|
||||
m_video_output->SetSize(vibrato_size);
|
||||
vibrato_size.SetWidth(vibrato_size.GetWidth()-1);
|
||||
m_video_output->SetSize(vibrato_size);
|
||||
// Very useful ! Actually it sends a SETSIZE event to XAnim
|
||||
// Very useful ! Actually it "should" sends a SETSIZE event to XAnim
|
||||
// FIXME: This event is not sent !!
|
||||
|
||||
m_paused = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ OBJECTS=PlatWX.o ScintillaWX.o stc.o \
|
||||
DocumentAccessor.o \
|
||||
LexCPP.o \
|
||||
LexHTML.o \
|
||||
LexLua.o \
|
||||
LexOthers.o \
|
||||
LexPerl.o \
|
||||
LexPython.o \
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +47,6 @@ OBJECTS=PlatWX.o ScintillaWX.o stc.o \
|
||||
ScintillaBase.o \
|
||||
Style.o \
|
||||
ViewStyle.o \
|
||||
PosRegExp.o \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
APPEXTRADEFS=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(scintilla_dir)/src -I$(scintilla_dir)/include -I$(top_srcdir)/contrib/include
|
||||
|
@@ -9,18 +9,13 @@
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
Point Point::FromLong(long lpoint) {
|
||||
return Point(lpoint & 0xFFFF, lpoint >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc) {
|
||||
wxRect rc(prc.left, prc.top,
|
||||
prc.right-prc.left, prc.bottom-prc.top);
|
||||
prc.right-prc.left+1, prc.bottom-prc.top+1);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -174,7 +169,7 @@ void Surface::InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_) {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
hdc = new wxMemoryDC(surface_->hdc);
|
||||
hdcOwned = true;
|
||||
bitmap = new wxBitmap(width, height);
|
||||
bitmap = new wxBitmap(width, height+1);
|
||||
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(*bitmap);
|
||||
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -188,7 +183,12 @@ void Surface::BrushColor(Colour back) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::SetFont(Font &font_) {
|
||||
if (font_.GetID()) {
|
||||
|
||||
// I think the following check is valid.
|
||||
// It eliminates a crash for me. -- eric@sourcegear.com
|
||||
|
||||
if (font_.GetID())
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdc->SetFont(*font_.GetID());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -361,6 +361,9 @@ void Surface::SetClip(PRectangle rc) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::FlushCachedState() {
|
||||
// TODO Is there anything we need to do here? eric@sourcegear.com
|
||||
// TODO I had to add this method when I merged new Scintilla code
|
||||
// TODO from Neil.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Window::~Window() {
|
||||
@@ -392,7 +395,7 @@ void Window::SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window) {
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle Window::GetClientPosition() {
|
||||
wxSize sz = id->GetClientSize();
|
||||
return PRectangle(0, 0, sz.x, sz.y);
|
||||
return PRectangle(0, 0, sz.x - 1, sz.y - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::Show(bool show) {
|
||||
@@ -451,76 +454,6 @@ void Window::SetTitle(const char *s) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSTCListBox : public wxListBox {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSTCListBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id)
|
||||
: wxListBox(parent, id, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT | wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) {
|
||||
GetParent()->SetFocus();
|
||||
event.Skip();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSTCListBox, wxListBox)
|
||||
EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxSTCListBox::OnFocus)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
// This can be removed after 2.2.2 I think
|
||||
void wxSTCListBox::DoSetFirstItem( int n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( m_list, wxT("invalid listbox") );
|
||||
|
||||
if (gdk_pointer_is_grabbed () && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (m_list))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// terribly efficient
|
||||
const gchar *vadjustment_key = "gtk-vadjustment";
|
||||
guint vadjustment_key_id = g_quark_from_static_string (vadjustment_key);
|
||||
|
||||
GtkAdjustment *adjustment =
|
||||
(GtkAdjustment*) gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (m_list), vadjustment_key_id);
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( adjustment, wxT("invalid listbox code") );
|
||||
|
||||
GList *target = g_list_nth( m_list->children, n );
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( target, wxT("invalid listbox index") );
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget *item = GTK_WIDGET(target->data);
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("invalid listbox code") );
|
||||
|
||||
// find the last item before this one which is already realized
|
||||
size_t nItemsBefore;
|
||||
for ( nItemsBefore = 0; item && (item->allocation.y == -1); nItemsBefore++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
target = target->prev;
|
||||
if ( !target )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// nothing we can do if there are no allocated items yet
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
item = GTK_WIDGET(target->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_adjustment_set_value(adjustment,
|
||||
item->allocation.y +
|
||||
nItemsBefore*item->allocation.height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ListBox::ListBox() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -529,32 +462,8 @@ ListBox::~ListBox() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID) {
|
||||
id = new wxSTCListBox(parent.id, ctrlID);
|
||||
// id = new wxListBox(parent.id, ctrlID, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
// 0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT | wxSIMPLE_BORDER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle ListBox::GetDesiredRect() {
|
||||
wxSize sz = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetBestSize();
|
||||
PRectangle rc;
|
||||
rc.top = 0;
|
||||
rc.left = 0;
|
||||
if (sz.x > 150) // TODO: A better way to determine these max sizes
|
||||
sz.x = 150;
|
||||
if (sz.y > 100)
|
||||
sz.y = 100;
|
||||
rc.right = sz.x;
|
||||
rc.bottom = sz.y;
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::SetAverageCharWidth(int width) {
|
||||
aveCharWidth = width;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::SetFont(Font &font) {
|
||||
Window::SetFont(font);
|
||||
id = new wxListBox(parent.id, ctrlID, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Clear() {
|
||||
@@ -571,13 +480,6 @@ int ListBox::Length() {
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Select(int n) {
|
||||
((wxListBox*)id)->SetSelection(n);
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
if (n > 4)
|
||||
n = n - 4;
|
||||
else
|
||||
n = 1;
|
||||
((wxListBox*)id)->SetFirstItem(n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ListBox::GetSelection() {
|
||||
@@ -585,12 +487,10 @@ int ListBox::GetSelection() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ListBox::Find(const char *prefix) {
|
||||
if (prefix) {
|
||||
for (int x=0; x < ((wxListBox*)id)->Number(); x++) {
|
||||
wxString text = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetString(x);
|
||||
if (text.StartsWith(prefix))
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int x=0; x < ((wxListBox*)id)->Number(); x++) {
|
||||
wxString text = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetString(x);
|
||||
if (text.StartsWith(prefix))
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -273,6 +273,8 @@ void ScintillaWX::AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd, bool enabled) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (!enabled)
|
||||
popup.GetID()->Enable(cmd, enabled);
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: need to create event handler mappings for the cmd ID
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -281,18 +283,18 @@ void ScintillaWX::ClaimSelection() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long ScintillaWX::DefWndProc(unsigned int /*iMessage*/, unsigned long /*wParam*/, long /*lParam*/) {
|
||||
LRESULT ScintillaWX::DefWndProc(UINT /*iMessage*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long ScintillaWX::WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam) {
|
||||
// switch (iMessage) {
|
||||
// case EM_CANPASTE:
|
||||
// return CanPaste();
|
||||
// default:
|
||||
LRESULT ScintillaWX::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
|
||||
switch (iMessage) {
|
||||
case EM_CANPASTE:
|
||||
return CanPaste();
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return ScintillaBase::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
|
||||
// }
|
||||
// return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -315,11 +317,6 @@ void ScintillaWX::DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect) {
|
||||
FullPaint();
|
||||
}
|
||||
paintState = notPainting;
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
// On wxGTK the editor window paints can overwrite the listbox...
|
||||
if (ac.Active())
|
||||
((wxWindow*)ac.lb.GetID())->Refresh(TRUE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -418,29 +415,6 @@ void ScintillaWX::DoAddChar(char ch) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ScintillaWX::DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
|
||||
switch (key) {
|
||||
case WXK_DOWN: key = SCK_DOWN; break;
|
||||
case WXK_UP: key = SCK_UP; break;
|
||||
case WXK_LEFT: key = SCK_LEFT; break;
|
||||
case WXK_RIGHT: key = SCK_RIGHT; break;
|
||||
case WXK_HOME: key = SCK_HOME; break;
|
||||
case WXK_END: key = SCK_END; break;
|
||||
case WXK_PRIOR: key = SCK_PRIOR; break;
|
||||
case WXK_NEXT: key = SCK_NEXT; break;
|
||||
case WXK_DELETE: key = SCK_DELETE; break;
|
||||
case WXK_INSERT: key = SCK_INSERT; break;
|
||||
case WXK_ESCAPE: key = SCK_ESCAPE; break;
|
||||
case WXK_BACK: key = SCK_BACK; break;
|
||||
case WXK_TAB: key = SCK_TAB; break;
|
||||
case WXK_RETURN: key = SCK_RETURN; break;
|
||||
case WXK_ADD: key = SCK_ADD; break;
|
||||
case WXK_SUBTRACT: key = SCK_SUBTRACT; break;
|
||||
case WXK_DIVIDE: key = SCK_DIVIDE; break;
|
||||
case WXK_CONTROL: key = 0; break;
|
||||
case WXK_ALT: key = 0; break;
|
||||
case WXK_SHIFT: key = 0; break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return KeyDown(key, shift, ctrl, alt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -97,12 +97,8 @@ public:
|
||||
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd = 0, bool enabled = true);
|
||||
virtual void ClaimSelection();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual long DefWndProc(unsigned int iMessage,
|
||||
unsigned long wParam,
|
||||
long lParam);
|
||||
virtual long WndProc(unsigned int iMessage,
|
||||
unsigned long wParam,
|
||||
long lParam);
|
||||
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void NotifyChange();
|
||||
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn);
|
||||
|
@@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/env python
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Name: gen_iface.py
|
||||
# Purpose: Generate stc.h and stc.cpp from the info in Scintilla.iface
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Robin Dunn
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Created: 5-Sept-2000
|
||||
# RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
# Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
|
||||
# Licence: wxWindows license
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
import sys, string, re
|
||||
from fileinput import FileInput
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IFACE = './scintilla/include/Scintilla.iface'
|
||||
H_TEMPLATE = './stc.h.in'
|
||||
CPP_TEMPLATE = './stc.cpp.in'
|
||||
H_DEST = '../../include/wx/stc/stc.h' # './stc_test.h' #
|
||||
CPP_DEST = './stc.cpp' #'./stc_test.cpp'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Value prefixes to convert
|
||||
valPrefixes = [('SCI_', ''),
|
||||
('SC_', ''),
|
||||
('SCN_', None), # just toss these...
|
||||
('SCEN_', None),
|
||||
('SCE_', ''),
|
||||
('SCLEX_', 'LEX_'),
|
||||
('SCK_', 'KEY_'),
|
||||
('SCFIND_', 'FIND_'),
|
||||
('SCWS_', 'WS_'),
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
# Message funcion values that should have a CMD_ constant as well
|
||||
cmdValues = [ (2300, 2350), 2011, 2013, (2176, 2180) ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Map some generic typenames to wx types, using return value syntax
|
||||
retTypeMap = {
|
||||
'position': 'int',
|
||||
'string': 'wxString',
|
||||
'colour': 'wxColour',
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Map some generic typenames to wx types, using parameter syntax
|
||||
paramTypeMap = {
|
||||
'position': 'int',
|
||||
'string': 'const wxString&',
|
||||
'colour': 'const wxColour&',
|
||||
'keymod': 'int',
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Map of method info that needs tweaked. Either the name needs changed, or
|
||||
# the method definition/implementation. Tuple items are:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1. New method name. None to skip the method, 0 to leave the
|
||||
# default name.
|
||||
# 2. Method definition for the .h file, 0 to leave alone
|
||||
# 3. Method implementation for the .cpp file, 0 to leave alone.
|
||||
# 4. tuple of Doc string lines, or 0 to leave alone.
|
||||
#
|
||||
methodOverrideMap = {
|
||||
'AddText' : (0,
|
||||
'void %s(const wxString& text);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(const wxString& text) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, text.Len(), (long)text.c_str());''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'AddStyledText' : (0,
|
||||
'void %s(const wxString& text);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(const wxString& text) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, text.Len(), (long)text.c_str());''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetViewWS' : ( 'GetViewWhiteSpace', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetViewWS' : ( 'SetViewWhiteSpace', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetStyledText' : (0,
|
||||
'wxString %s(int startPos, int endPos);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s(int startPos, int endPos) {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int len = endPos - startPos;
|
||||
TextRange tr;
|
||||
tr.lpstrText = text.GetWriteBuf(len*2+1);
|
||||
tr.chrg.cpMin = startPos;
|
||||
tr.chrg.cpMax = endPos;
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, 0, (long)&tr);
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf(len*2);
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Retrieve a buffer of cells.',)),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
'PositionFromPoint' : (0,
|
||||
'int %s(wxPoint pt);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''int %s(wxPoint pt) {
|
||||
return SendMsg(%s, pt.x, pt.y);''',
|
||||
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetCurLine' : (0,
|
||||
'wxString %s(int* OUTPUT=NULL);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s(int* linePos) {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int len = LineLength(GetCurrentLine());
|
||||
char* buf = text.GetWriteBuf(len+1);
|
||||
|
||||
int pos = SendMsg(%s, len, (long)buf);
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf();
|
||||
if (linePos) *linePos = pos;
|
||||
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'SetUsePalette' : (None, 0,0,0),
|
||||
|
||||
'MarkerSetFore' : ('MarkerSetForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'MarkerSetBack' : ('MarkerSetBackground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'MarkerDefine' : (0,
|
||||
'''void %s(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
|
||||
const wxColour& foreground = wxNullColour,
|
||||
const wxColour& background = wxNullColour);''',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
|
||||
const wxColour& foreground,
|
||||
const wxColour& background) {
|
||||
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, markerNumber, markerSymbol);
|
||||
if (foreground.Ok())
|
||||
MarkerSetForeground(markerNumber, foreground);
|
||||
if (background.Ok())
|
||||
MarkerSetBackground(markerNumber, background);''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Set the symbol used for a particular marker number,',
|
||||
'and optionally the for and background colours.')),
|
||||
|
||||
'SetMarginTypeN' : ('SetMarginType', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetMarginTypeN' : ('GetMarginType', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetMarginWidthN' : ('SetMarginWidth', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetMarginWidthN' : ('GetMarginWidth', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetMarginMaskN' : ('SetMarginMask', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetMarginMaskN' : ('GetMarginMask', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetMarginSensitiveN' : ('SetMarginSensitive', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetMarginSensitiveN' : ('GetMarginSensitive', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'StyleSetFore' : ('StyleSetForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'StyleSetBack' : ('StyleSetBackground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetSelFore' : ('SetSelForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetSelBack' : ('SetSelBackground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'SetCaretFore' : ('SetCaretForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'StyleSetFont' : ('StyleSetFaceName', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
# need to fix this to map between wx and scintilla encoding flags, leave it out for now...
|
||||
'StyleSetCharacterSet' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'AssignCmdKey' : ('CmdKeyAssign',
|
||||
'void %s(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(int key, int modifiers, int cmd) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, MAKELONG(key, modifiers), cmd);''',
|
||||
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'ClearCmdKey' : ('CmdKeyClear',
|
||||
'void %s(int key, int modifiers);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(int key, int modifiers) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, MAKELONG(key, modifiers));''',
|
||||
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'ClearAllCmdKeys' : ('CmdKeyClearAll', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
'SetStylingEx' : ('SetStyleBytes',
|
||||
'void %s(int length, char* styleBytes);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''void %s(int length, char* styleBytes) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, length, (long)styleBytes);''',
|
||||
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
'IndicSetStyle' : ('IndicatorSetStyle', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'IndicGetStyle' : ('IndicatorGetStyle', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'IndicSetFore' : ('IndicatorSetForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'IndicGetFore' : ('IndicatorGetForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'AutoCShow' : ('AutoCompShow', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCCancel' : ('AutoCompCancel', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCActive' : ('AutoCompActive', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCPosStart' : ('AutoCompPosStart', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCComplete' : ('AutoCompComplete', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCStops' : ('AutoCompStops', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSetSeparator' : ('AutoCompSetSeparator', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCGetSeparator' : ('AutoCompGetSeparator', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSelect' : ('AutoCompSelect', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSetCancelAtStart' : ('AutoCompSetCancelAtStart', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCGetCancelAtStart' : ('AutoCompGetCancelAtStart', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSetFillUps' : ('AutoCompSetFillUps', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSetChooseSingle' : ('AutoCompSetChooseSingle', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCGetChooseSingle' : ('AutoCompGetChooseSingle', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCSetIgnoreCase' : ('AutoCompSetIgnoreCase', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'AutoCGetIgnoreCase' : ('AutoCompGetIgnoreCase', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'SetHScrollBar' : ('SetUseHorizontalScrollBar', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetHScrollBar' : ('GetUseHorizontalScrollBar', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetCaretFore' : ('GetCaretForeground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetUsePalette' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'FindText' : (0,
|
||||
'''int %s(int minPos, int maxPos,
|
||||
const wxString& text,
|
||||
bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);''',
|
||||
'''int %s(int minPos, int maxPos,
|
||||
const wxString& text,
|
||||
bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord) {
|
||||
TextToFind ft;
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
flags |= caseSensitive ? SCFIND_MATCHCASE : 0;
|
||||
flags |= wholeWord ? SCFIND_WHOLEWORD : 0;
|
||||
ft.chrg.cpMin = minPos;
|
||||
ft.chrg.cpMax = maxPos;
|
||||
ft.lpstrText = (char*)text.c_str();
|
||||
|
||||
return SendMsg(%s, flags, (long)&ft);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'FormatRange' : (0,
|
||||
'''int %s(bool doDraw,
|
||||
int startPos,
|
||||
int endPos,
|
||||
wxDC* draw,
|
||||
wxDC* target, // Why does it use two? Can they be the same?
|
||||
wxRect renderRect,
|
||||
wxRect pageRect);''',
|
||||
''' int %s(bool doDraw,
|
||||
int startPos,
|
||||
int endPos,
|
||||
wxDC* draw,
|
||||
wxDC* target, // Why does it use two? Can they be the same?
|
||||
wxRect renderRect,
|
||||
wxRect pageRect) {
|
||||
RangeToFormat fr;
|
||||
|
||||
fr.hdc = draw;
|
||||
fr.hdcTarget = target;
|
||||
fr.rc.top = renderRect.GetTop();
|
||||
fr.rc.left = renderRect.GetLeft();
|
||||
fr.rc.right = renderRect.GetRight();
|
||||
fr.rc.bottom = renderRect.GetBottom();
|
||||
fr.rcPage.top = pageRect.GetTop();
|
||||
fr.rcPage.left = pageRect.GetLeft();
|
||||
fr.rcPage.right = pageRect.GetRight();
|
||||
fr.rcPage.bottom = pageRect.GetBottom();
|
||||
fr.chrg.cpMin = startPos;
|
||||
fr.chrg.cpMax = endPos;
|
||||
|
||||
return SendMsg(%s, doDraw, (long)&fr);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
'GetLine' : (0,
|
||||
'wxString %s(int line);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s(int line) {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int len = LineLength(line);
|
||||
char* buf = text.GetWriteBuf(len+1);
|
||||
|
||||
int pos = SendMsg(%s, line, (long)buf);
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf();
|
||||
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Retrieve the contents of a line.',)),
|
||||
|
||||
'SetSel' : ('SetSelection', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetSelText' : ('GetSelectedText',
|
||||
'wxString %s();',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s() {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int start;
|
||||
int end;
|
||||
|
||||
GetSelection(&start, &end);
|
||||
int len = end - start;
|
||||
char* buff = text.GetWriteBuf(len+1);
|
||||
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, 0, (long)buff);
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf();
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Retrieve the selected text.',)),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetTextRange' : (0,
|
||||
'wxString %s(int startPos, int endPos);',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s(int startPos, int endPos) {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int len = endPos - startPos;
|
||||
char* buff = text.GetWriteBuf(len+1);
|
||||
TextRange tr;
|
||||
tr.lpstrText = buff;
|
||||
tr.chrg.cpMin = startPos;
|
||||
tr.chrg.cpMax = endPos;
|
||||
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, 0, (long)&tr);
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf();
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Retrieve a range of text.',)),
|
||||
|
||||
'PointXFromPosition' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'PointYFromPosition' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'ScrollCaret' : ('EnsureCaretVisible', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'ReplaceSel' : ('ReplaceSelection', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'Null' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetText' : (0,
|
||||
'wxString %s();',
|
||||
|
||||
'''wxString %s() {
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
int len = GetTextLength();
|
||||
char* buff = text.GetWriteBuf(len+1);
|
||||
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, len, (long)buff);
|
||||
buff[len] = 0;
|
||||
text.UngetWriteBuf();
|
||||
return text;''',
|
||||
|
||||
('Retrieve all the text in the document.', )),
|
||||
|
||||
'GetDirectFunction' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'GetDirectPointer' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'CallTipPosStart' : ('CallTipPosAtStart', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CallTipSetHlt' : ('CallTipSetHighlight', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CallTipSetBack' : ('CallTipSetBackground', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove all methods that are key commands since they can be
|
||||
# executed with CmdKeyExecute
|
||||
'LineDown' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineDownExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineUp' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineUpExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CharLeft' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CharLeftExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CharRight' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'CharRightExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'WordLeft' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'WordLeftExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'WordRight' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'WordRightExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'Home' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'HomeExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineEnd' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineEndExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DocumentStart' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DocumentStartExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DocumentEnd' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DocumentEndExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'PageUp' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'PageUpExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'PageDown' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'PageDownExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'EditToggleOvertype' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'Cancel' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DeleteBack' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'Tab' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'BackTab' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'NewLine' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'FormFeed' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'VCHome' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'VCHomeExtend' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'ZoomIn' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'ZoomOut' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DelWordLeft' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'DelWordRight' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineCut' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineDelete' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineTranspose' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LowerCase' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'UpperCase' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineScrollDown' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
'LineScrollUp' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
'GetDocPointer' : (0,
|
||||
'void* %s();',
|
||||
'''void* %s() {
|
||||
return (void*)SendMsg(%s);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'SetDocPointer' : (0,
|
||||
'void %s(void* docPointer);',
|
||||
'''void %s(void* docPointer) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, (long)docPointer);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'CreateDocument' : (0,
|
||||
'void* %s();',
|
||||
'''void* %s() {
|
||||
return (void*)SendMsg(%s);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'AddRefDocument' : (0,
|
||||
'void %s(void* docPointer);',
|
||||
'''void %s(void* docPointer) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, (long)docPointer);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'ReleaseDocument' : (0,
|
||||
'void %s(void* docPointer);',
|
||||
'''void %s(void* docPointer) {
|
||||
SendMsg(%s, (long)docPointer);''',
|
||||
0),
|
||||
|
||||
'GrabFocus' : (None, 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
'' : ('', 0, 0, 0),
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def processIface(iface, h_tmplt, cpp_tmplt, h_dest, cpp_dest):
|
||||
curDocStrings = []
|
||||
values = []
|
||||
methods = []
|
||||
|
||||
# parse iface file
|
||||
fi = FileInput(iface)
|
||||
for line in fi:
|
||||
line = line[:-1]
|
||||
if line[:2] == '##' or line == '':
|
||||
#curDocStrings = []
|
||||
continue
|
||||
|
||||
op = line[:4]
|
||||
if line[:2] == '# ': # a doc string
|
||||
curDocStrings.append(line[2:])
|
||||
|
||||
elif op == 'val ':
|
||||
parseVal(line[4:], values, curDocStrings)
|
||||
curDocStrings = []
|
||||
|
||||
elif op == 'fun ' or op == 'set ' or op == 'get ':
|
||||
parseFun(line[4:], methods, curDocStrings, values)
|
||||
curDocStrings = []
|
||||
|
||||
elif op == 'cat ':
|
||||
if string.strip(line[4:]) == 'Deprecated':
|
||||
break # skip the rest of the file
|
||||
|
||||
elif op == 'evt ':
|
||||
pass
|
||||
|
||||
else:
|
||||
print '***** Unknown line type: ', line
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# process templates
|
||||
data = {}
|
||||
data['VALUES'] = processVals(values)
|
||||
defs, imps = processMethods(methods)
|
||||
data['METHOD_DEFS'] = defs
|
||||
data['METHOD_IMPS'] = imps
|
||||
|
||||
# get template text
|
||||
h_text = open(h_tmplt).read()
|
||||
cpp_text = open(cpp_tmplt).read()
|
||||
|
||||
# do the substitutions
|
||||
h_text = h_text % data
|
||||
cpp_text = cpp_text % data
|
||||
|
||||
# write out destination files
|
||||
open(h_dest, 'w').write(h_text)
|
||||
open(cpp_dest, 'w').write(cpp_text)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def processVals(values):
|
||||
text = []
|
||||
for name, value, docs in values:
|
||||
if docs:
|
||||
text.append('')
|
||||
for x in docs:
|
||||
text.append('// ' + x)
|
||||
text.append('#define %s %s' % (name, value))
|
||||
return string.join(text, '\n')
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def processMethods(methods):
|
||||
defs = []
|
||||
imps = []
|
||||
|
||||
for retType, name, number, param1, param2, docs in methods:
|
||||
retType = retTypeMap.get(retType, retType)
|
||||
params = makeParamString(param1, param2)
|
||||
|
||||
name, theDef, theImp, docs = checkMethodOverride(name, number, docs)
|
||||
|
||||
if name is None:
|
||||
continue
|
||||
|
||||
# Build the method definition for the .h file
|
||||
if docs:
|
||||
defs.append('')
|
||||
for x in docs:
|
||||
defs.append(' // ' + x)
|
||||
if not theDef:
|
||||
theDef = ' %s %s(%s);' % (retType, name, params)
|
||||
defs.append(theDef)
|
||||
|
||||
# Build the method implementation string
|
||||
if docs:
|
||||
imps.append('')
|
||||
for x in docs:
|
||||
imps.append('// ' + x)
|
||||
if not theImp:
|
||||
theImp = '%s wxStyledTextCtrl::%s(%s) {\n ' % (retType, name, params)
|
||||
|
||||
if retType == 'wxColour':
|
||||
theImp = theImp + 'long c = '
|
||||
elif retType != 'void':
|
||||
theImp = theImp + 'return '
|
||||
theImp = theImp + 'SendMsg(%s, %s, %s)' % (number,
|
||||
makeArgString(param1),
|
||||
makeArgString(param2))
|
||||
if retType == 'bool':
|
||||
theImp = theImp + ' != 0'
|
||||
if retType == 'wxColour':
|
||||
theImp = theImp + ';\n return wxColourFromLong(c)'
|
||||
|
||||
theImp = theImp + ';\n}'
|
||||
imps.append(theImp)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return string.join(defs, '\n'), string.join(imps, '\n')
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def checkMethodOverride(name, number, docs):
|
||||
theDef = theImp = None
|
||||
if methodOverrideMap.has_key(name):
|
||||
item = methodOverrideMap[name]
|
||||
|
||||
if item[0] != 0:
|
||||
name = item[0]
|
||||
if item[1] != 0:
|
||||
theDef = ' ' + (item[1] % name)
|
||||
if item[2] != 0:
|
||||
theImp = item[2] % ('wxStyledTextCtrl::'+name, number) + '\n}'
|
||||
if item[3] != 0:
|
||||
docs = item[3]
|
||||
|
||||
return name, theDef, theImp, docs
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def makeArgString(param):
|
||||
if not param:
|
||||
return '0'
|
||||
|
||||
typ, name = param
|
||||
|
||||
if typ == 'string':
|
||||
return '(long)%s.c_str()' % name
|
||||
if typ == 'colour':
|
||||
return 'wxColourAsLong(%s)' % name
|
||||
|
||||
return name
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def makeParamString(param1, param2):
|
||||
def doOne(param):
|
||||
if param:
|
||||
aType = paramTypeMap.get(param[0], param[0])
|
||||
return aType + ' ' + param[1]
|
||||
else:
|
||||
return ''
|
||||
|
||||
st = doOne(param1)
|
||||
if st and param2:
|
||||
st = st + ', '
|
||||
st = st + doOne(param2)
|
||||
return st
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
def parseVal(line, values, docs):
|
||||
name, val = string.split(line, '=')
|
||||
|
||||
# remove prefixes such as SCI, etc.
|
||||
for old, new in valPrefixes:
|
||||
lo = len(old)
|
||||
if name[:lo] == old:
|
||||
if new is None:
|
||||
return
|
||||
name = new + name[lo:]
|
||||
|
||||
# add it to the list
|
||||
values.append( ('wxSTC_' + name, val, docs) )
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
funregex = re.compile(r'\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)' # <ws>return type
|
||||
'\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)=' # <ws>name=
|
||||
'([0-9]+)' # number
|
||||
'\(([ a-zA-Z0-9_]*),' # (param,
|
||||
'([ a-zA-Z0-9_]*)\)') # param)
|
||||
|
||||
def parseFun(line, methods, docs, values):
|
||||
def parseParam(param):
|
||||
param = string.strip(param)
|
||||
if param == '':
|
||||
param = None
|
||||
else:
|
||||
param = tuple(string.split(param))
|
||||
return param
|
||||
|
||||
mo = funregex.match(line)
|
||||
if mo is None:
|
||||
print "***** Line doesn't match! : " + line
|
||||
|
||||
retType, name, number, param1, param2 = mo.groups()
|
||||
|
||||
param1 = parseParam(param1)
|
||||
param2 = parseParam(param2)
|
||||
|
||||
# Special case. For the key command functionss we want a value defined too
|
||||
num = string.atoi(number)
|
||||
for v in cmdValues:
|
||||
if (type(v) == type(()) and v[0] <= num < v[1]) or v == num:
|
||||
parseVal('CMD_%s=%s' % (string.upper(name), number), values, ())
|
||||
|
||||
#if retType == 'void' and not param1 and not param2:
|
||||
|
||||
methods.append( (retType, name, number, param1, param2, tuple(docs)) )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
def main(args):
|
||||
# TODO: parse command line args to replace default input/output files???
|
||||
|
||||
# Now just do it
|
||||
processIface(IFACE, H_TEMPLATE, CPP_TEMPLATE, H_DEST, CPP_DEST)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if __name__ == '__main__':
|
||||
main(sys.argv)
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ OBJECTS = \
|
||||
KeyWords.obj \
|
||||
LexCPP.obj \
|
||||
LexHTML.obj \
|
||||
LexLua.obj \
|
||||
LexOthers.obj \
|
||||
LexPerl.obj \
|
||||
LexPython.obj \
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +41,6 @@ OBJECTS = \
|
||||
LexVB.obj \
|
||||
LineMarker.obj \
|
||||
PropSet.obj \
|
||||
PosRegExp.obj \
|
||||
ScintillaBase.obj \
|
||||
Style.obj \
|
||||
UniConversion.obj \
|
||||
|
@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ OBJECTS = \
|
||||
$(S)/ViewStyle.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexCPP.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexHTML.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexLua.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexOthers.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexPerl.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LexPython.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
@@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ OBJECTS = \
|
||||
$(S)/DocumentAccessor.$(OBJSUFF)\
|
||||
$(S)/UniConversion.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/WindowAccessor.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/PosRegExp.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
PlatWX.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
ScintillaWX.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
stc.$(OBJSUFF)
|
||||
|
@@ -27,14 +27,12 @@ OBJECTS = \
|
||||
$(D)\KeyWords.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexCPP.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexHTML.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexLua.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexOthers.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexPerl.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexPython.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexSQL.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LexVB.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LineMarker.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\PosRegExp.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\PropSet.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\ScintillaBase.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\Style.obj \
|
||||
|
@@ -3,5 +3,6 @@ scintilla/include directories from the Scintilla/SCiTE source
|
||||
distribution. All other code needed to implement Scintilla on top of
|
||||
wxWindows is located in the directory above this one.
|
||||
|
||||
The current version of the Scintilla code is 1.32
|
||||
The current version of the Scintilla code is 1.25+ (from their CVS on
|
||||
5-19-2000).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ typedef wxWindow* WindowID;
|
||||
typedef wxMenu* MenuID;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK || PLAT_WX
|
||||
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
|
||||
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Point is exactly the same as the Win32 POINT and GTK+ GdkPoint so can be used interchangeably
|
||||
|
||||
class Point {
|
||||
@@ -193,7 +199,6 @@ public:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Font {
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
FontID id;
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
int ascent;
|
||||
@@ -203,10 +208,10 @@ protected:
|
||||
Font &operator=(const Font &) { id=0; return *this; }
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Font();
|
||||
virtual ~Font();
|
||||
~Font();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Create(const char *faceName, int characterSet, int size, bool bold, bool italic);
|
||||
virtual void Release();
|
||||
void Create(const char *faceName, int characterSet, int size, bool bold, bool italic);
|
||||
void Release();
|
||||
|
||||
FontID GetID() { return id; }
|
||||
// Alias another font - caller guarantees not to Release
|
||||
@@ -322,7 +327,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void Show(bool show=true);
|
||||
void InvalidateAll();
|
||||
void InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
virtual void SetFont(Font &font);
|
||||
void SetFont(Font &font);
|
||||
enum Cursor { cursorText, cursorArrow, cursorUp, cursorWait, cursorHoriz, cursorVert, cursorReverseArrow };
|
||||
void SetCursor(Cursor curs);
|
||||
void SetTitle(const char *s);
|
||||
@@ -339,17 +344,14 @@ class ListBox : public Window {
|
||||
WindowID scroller;
|
||||
int current;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int desiredVisibleRows;
|
||||
unsigned int maxItemCharacters;
|
||||
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ListBox();
|
||||
virtual ~ListBox();
|
||||
ListBox &operator=(WindowID id_) {
|
||||
id = id_;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID);
|
||||
virtual void SetFont(Font &font);
|
||||
void SetAverageCharWidth(int width);
|
||||
void SetVisibleRows(int rows);
|
||||
PRectangle GetDesiredRect();
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void Append(char *s);
|
||||
int Length();
|
||||
@@ -394,16 +396,6 @@ public:
|
||||
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
|
||||
static int Minimum(int a, int b);
|
||||
static int Maximum(int a, int b);
|
||||
// Next three assume 16 bit shorts and 32 bit longs
|
||||
static long LongFromTwoShorts(short a,short b) {
|
||||
return (a) | ((b) << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
static short HighShortFromLong(long x) {
|
||||
return static_cast<short>(x >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
static short LowShortFromLong(long x) {
|
||||
return static_cast<short>(x & 0xffff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
static void DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
static int Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#ifndef POSREGEXP_H
|
||||
#define POSREGEXP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define MatchesNum 0x10
|
||||
|
||||
enum EOps
|
||||
{
|
||||
ReBlockOps = 0x1000,
|
||||
ReMul, // *
|
||||
RePlus, // +
|
||||
ReQuest, // ?
|
||||
ReNGMul, // *?
|
||||
ReNGPlus, // +?
|
||||
ReNGQuest, // ??
|
||||
ReRangeN, // {n,}
|
||||
ReRangeNM, // {n,m}
|
||||
ReNGRangeN, // {n,}?
|
||||
ReNGRangeNM, // {n,m}?
|
||||
ReOr, // |
|
||||
ReBehind = 0x1100, // ?#n
|
||||
ReNBehind = 0x1200, // ?~n
|
||||
ReAhead = 0x1300, // ?=
|
||||
ReNAhead = 0x1400, // ?!
|
||||
|
||||
ReSymbolOps = 0x2000,
|
||||
ReEmpty,
|
||||
ReSymb, // a b \W \s ...
|
||||
ReEnum, // []
|
||||
ReNEnum, // [^]
|
||||
ReBrackets, // (...)
|
||||
ReBkTrace = 0x2100, // \yN
|
||||
ReBkBrack = 0x2200 // \N
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum ESymbols
|
||||
{
|
||||
ReAnyChr = 0x4000, // .
|
||||
ReSoL, // ^
|
||||
ReEoL, // $
|
||||
ReDigit, // \d
|
||||
ReNDigit, // \D
|
||||
ReWordSymb, // \w
|
||||
ReNWordSymb, // \W
|
||||
ReWSpace, // \s
|
||||
ReNWSpace, // \S
|
||||
ReUCase, // \u
|
||||
ReNUCase , // \l
|
||||
ReWBound, // \b
|
||||
ReNWBound, // \B
|
||||
RePreNW, // \c
|
||||
ReStart, // \m
|
||||
ReEnd, // \M
|
||||
|
||||
ReChr = 0x0 // Char in Lower Byte
|
||||
};
|
||||
enum ETempSymb
|
||||
{
|
||||
ReTemp = 0x7000,
|
||||
ReLBrack, ReRBrack,
|
||||
ReEnumS, ReEnumE, ReNEnumS,
|
||||
ReRangeS, ReRangeE, ReNGRangeE, ReFrToEnum
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define BackSlash '\\'
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union SCharData
|
||||
{
|
||||
int IArr[8];
|
||||
char CArr[32];
|
||||
void SetBit(unsigned char Bit);
|
||||
void ClearBit(unsigned char Bit);
|
||||
bool GetBit(unsigned char Bit);
|
||||
} *PCharData;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct SRegInfo
|
||||
{
|
||||
SRegInfo();
|
||||
~SRegInfo();
|
||||
|
||||
EOps Op;
|
||||
union{
|
||||
SRegInfo *Param;
|
||||
int Symb;
|
||||
PCharData ChrClass;
|
||||
}un;
|
||||
int s,e;
|
||||
SRegInfo *Parent;
|
||||
SRegInfo *Next;
|
||||
} *PRegInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct SMatches
|
||||
{
|
||||
int s[MatchesNum];
|
||||
int e[MatchesNum];
|
||||
int CurMatch;
|
||||
} *PMatches;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class PosRegExp
|
||||
{
|
||||
PRegInfo Info;
|
||||
PMatches BkTrace;
|
||||
bool NoCase,Extend,NoMoves;
|
||||
bool Error;
|
||||
int *Exprn;
|
||||
int posParse;
|
||||
int posEnd,posStart;
|
||||
int posBkStr;
|
||||
int FirstChar;
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetExprLow(const char *Expr);
|
||||
bool SetStructs(PRegInfo &Info,int st,int end);
|
||||
void Optimize();
|
||||
bool CheckSymb(int Symb,bool Inc);
|
||||
bool LowParse(PRegInfo Re);
|
||||
bool LowParseRe(PRegInfo &Next);
|
||||
bool LowCheckNext(PRegInfo Re);
|
||||
bool ParseRe(int posStr);
|
||||
bool QuickCheck();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
PMatches Matches;
|
||||
int Ok, CurMatch;
|
||||
|
||||
void *param;
|
||||
char (*CharAt)(int pos, void *param);
|
||||
|
||||
PosRegExp();
|
||||
~PosRegExp();
|
||||
|
||||
bool isok();
|
||||
bool SetNoMoves(bool Moves);
|
||||
bool SetBkTrace(int posStr,PMatches Trace);
|
||||
bool SetExpr(const char *Expr);
|
||||
bool Parse(int posStr, int posStop, PMatches Mtch);
|
||||
bool Parse(int posStr,int posSol, int posEol, PMatches Mtch, int Moves = -1);
|
||||
bool Evaluate(char *Expr, int posStr, PMatches Mtch, char **Res);
|
||||
} *PPosRegExp;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSREGEXP_H */
|
@@ -8,92 +8,44 @@
|
||||
|
||||
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b);
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
||||
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMSW__
|
||||
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
||||
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Define another string class.
|
||||
// While it would be 'better' to use std::string, that doubles the executable size.
|
||||
|
||||
inline char *StringDup(const char *s, int len=-1) {
|
||||
inline char *StringDup(const char *s) {
|
||||
if (!s)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
if (len == -1)
|
||||
len = strlen(s);
|
||||
char *sNew = new char[len + 1];
|
||||
if (sNew) {
|
||||
strncpy(sNew, s, len);
|
||||
sNew[len] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char *sNew = new char[strlen(s) + 1];
|
||||
if (sNew)
|
||||
strcpy(sNew, s);
|
||||
return sNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class SString {
|
||||
char *s;
|
||||
int ssize;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef const char* const_iterator;
|
||||
typedef int size_type;
|
||||
static size_type npos;
|
||||
const char* begin(void) const {
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const char* end(void) const {
|
||||
return &s[ssize];
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_type size(void) const {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return ssize;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &assign(const char* sother, int size_ = -1) {
|
||||
char *t = s;
|
||||
s = StringDup(sother,size_);
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
delete []t;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &assign(const SString& sother, int size_ = -1) {
|
||||
return assign(sother.s,size_);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &assign(const_iterator ibeg, const_iterator iend) {
|
||||
return assign(ibeg,iend - ibeg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString() {
|
||||
s = 0;
|
||||
ssize = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(const SString &source) {
|
||||
s = StringDup(source.s);
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(const char *s_) {
|
||||
s = StringDup(s_);
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(int i) {
|
||||
char number[100];
|
||||
sprintf(number, "%0d", i);
|
||||
//itoa(i, number, 10);
|
||||
s = StringDup(number);
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
~SString() {
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = 0;
|
||||
ssize = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator=(const SString &source) {
|
||||
if (this != &source) {
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = StringDup(source.s);
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -104,9 +56,6 @@ public:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return strcmp(s, other.s) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator!=(const SString &other) const {
|
||||
return !operator==(other);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator==(const char *sother) const {
|
||||
if ((s == 0) && (sother == 0))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
@@ -114,9 +63,6 @@ public:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return strcmp(s, sother) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator!=(const char *sother) const {
|
||||
return !operator==(sother);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const char *c_str() const {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
@@ -136,109 +82,99 @@ public:
|
||||
return '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator +=(const char *sother) {
|
||||
return append(sother,-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator +=(const SString &sother) {
|
||||
return append(sother.s,sother.ssize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator +=(char ch) {
|
||||
return append(&ch,1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &append(const char* sother, int lenOther) {
|
||||
int len = length();
|
||||
if(lenOther < 0)
|
||||
lenOther = strlen(sother);
|
||||
int lenOther = strlen(sother);
|
||||
char *sNew = new char[len + lenOther + 1];
|
||||
if (sNew) {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
memcpy(sNew, s, len);
|
||||
strncpy(&sNew[len], sother, lenOther);
|
||||
memcpy(sNew + len, sother, lenOther);
|
||||
sNew[len + lenOther] = '\0';
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = sNew;
|
||||
ssize = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int value() const {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return atoi(s);
|
||||
else
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void substitute(char find, char replace) {
|
||||
char *t = s;
|
||||
while (t) {
|
||||
t = strchr(t, find);
|
||||
if (t)
|
||||
*t = replace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// I don't think this really belongs here -- Neil
|
||||
void correctPath() {
|
||||
#ifdef unix
|
||||
substitute('\\', '/');
|
||||
#else
|
||||
substitute('/', '\\');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Property {
|
||||
unsigned int hash;
|
||||
char *key;
|
||||
char *val;
|
||||
Property *next;
|
||||
Property() : hash(0), key(0), val(0), next(0) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class PropSet {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
enum { hashRoots=31 };
|
||||
Property *props[hashRoots];
|
||||
char **vals;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
int used;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
PropSet *superPS;
|
||||
PropSet();
|
||||
~PropSet();
|
||||
void EnsureCanAddEntry();
|
||||
void Set(const char *key, const char *val);
|
||||
void Set(char *keyval);
|
||||
SString Get(const char *key);
|
||||
SString GetExpanded(const char *key);
|
||||
SString Expand(const char *withvars);
|
||||
int GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0);
|
||||
SString GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
|
||||
SString GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len, const char *directoryForImports=0);
|
||||
void Read(const char *filename, const char *directoryForImports);
|
||||
void ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len);
|
||||
void Read(const char *filename);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This is a fixed length list of strings suitable for display in combo boxes
|
||||
// as a memory of user entries
|
||||
template<int sz>
|
||||
class EntryMemory {
|
||||
SString entries[sz];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void Insert(SString s) {
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++) {
|
||||
if (entries[i] == s) {
|
||||
for (int j=i;j>0;j--) {
|
||||
entries[j] = entries[j-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
entries[0] = s;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int k=sz-1;k>0;k--) {
|
||||
entries[k] = entries[k-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
entries[0] = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int Length() const {
|
||||
int len = 0;
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++)
|
||||
if (entries[i].length())
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString At(int n) const {
|
||||
return entries[n];
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WordList {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Each word contains at least one character - a empty word acts as sentinal at the end.
|
||||
char **words;
|
||||
char **wordsNoCase;
|
||||
char *list;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
bool onlyLineEnds; // Delimited by any white space or only line ends
|
||||
bool sorted;
|
||||
int starts[256];
|
||||
WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) :
|
||||
words(0), wordsNoCase(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_), sorted(false) {}
|
||||
WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) :
|
||||
words(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_) {}
|
||||
~WordList() { Clear(); }
|
||||
operator bool() { return words ? true : false; }
|
||||
operator bool() { return list ? true : false; }
|
||||
const char *operator[](int ind) { return words[ind]; }
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void Set(const char *s);
|
||||
char *Allocate(int size);
|
||||
void SetFromAllocated();
|
||||
bool InList(const char *s);
|
||||
const char *GetNearestWord(const char *wordStart, int searchLen = -1, bool ignoreCase = false);
|
||||
char *GetNearestWords(const char *wordStart, int searchLen = -1, bool ignoreCase = false);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool nonFuncChar(char ch) {
|
||||
return strchr("\t\n\r !\"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\\]^`{|}~", ch) != NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -3,15 +3,11 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
// Most of this file is automatically generated from the Scintilla.iface interface definition
|
||||
// file which contains any comments about the definitions. HFacer.py does the generation.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCILEXER_H
|
||||
#define SCILEXER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla
|
||||
|
||||
//++Autogenerated -- start of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface
|
||||
#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0
|
||||
#define SCLEX_NULL 1
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2
|
||||
@@ -27,8 +23,8 @@
|
||||
#define SCLEX_BATCH 12
|
||||
#define SCLEX_XCODE 13
|
||||
#define SCLEX_LATEX 14
|
||||
#define SCLEX_LUA 15
|
||||
#define SCLEX_DIFF 16
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
|
||||
#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2
|
||||
@@ -43,6 +39,8 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
|
||||
#define SCE_P_STRINGEOL 13
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_VB
|
||||
#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +54,8 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12
|
||||
#define SCE_C_VERBATIM 13
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_xML
|
||||
#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAG 1
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
|
||||
@@ -68,15 +67,14 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_H_OTHER 8
|
||||
#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10
|
||||
// XML and ASP
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGEND 11
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 12
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLEND 13
|
||||
#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 14
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASP 15
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASPAT 16
|
||||
#define SCE_H_CDATA 17
|
||||
#define SCE_H_QUESTION 18
|
||||
#define SCE_H_VALUE 19
|
||||
// Embedded Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_START 40
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 41
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 42
|
||||
@@ -89,6 +87,7 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
|
||||
// ASP Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_START 55
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_DEFAULT 56
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENT 57
|
||||
@@ -101,6 +100,7 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
|
||||
// Embedded VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_START 70
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 71
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
|
||||
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRING 75
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 77
|
||||
// ASP VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_START 80
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_DEFAULT 81
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
|
||||
@@ -117,6 +118,7 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRING 85
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
|
||||
// Embedded Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_START 90
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 91
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
|
||||
@@ -130,6 +132,7 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 100
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 101
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
|
||||
// ASP Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_START 105
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFAULT 106
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
|
||||
@@ -143,15 +146,8 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFNAME 115
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_OPERATOR 116
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_DEFAULT 118
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_HSTRING 119
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_SIMPLESTRING 120
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_WORD 121
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_NUMBER 122
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_VARIABLE 123
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_COMMENT 124
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_COMMENTLINE 125
|
||||
#define SCE_HPHP_STRINGEOL 126
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_HERE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
@@ -174,31 +170,12 @@
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_LATEX
|
||||
#define SCE_L_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_L_COMMAND 1
|
||||
#define SCE_L_TAG 2
|
||||
#define SCE_L_MATH 3
|
||||
#define SCE_L_COMMENT 4
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_COMMENT 1
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_COMMENTDOC 3
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_NUMBER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_STRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_CHARACTER 7
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING 8
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_LUA_STRINGEOL 12
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_PYTHON 1
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_GCC 2
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_MS 3
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_CMD 4
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_BORLAND 5
|
||||
#define SCE_ERR_PERL 6
|
||||
//--Autogenerated -- end of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -3,74 +3,119 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
// Most of this file is automatically generated from the Scintilla.iface interface definition
|
||||
// file which contains any comments about the definitions. HFacer.py does the generation.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCINTILLA_H
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Compile-time configuration options
|
||||
#define MACRO_SUPPORT 1 // Comment out to remove macro hooks
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
|
||||
void Scintilla_RegisterClasses(HINSTANCE hInstance);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#include <gdk/gdk.h>
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef long (*SciFnDirect)(long ptr, unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject)
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAS T (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass)
|
||||
#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ())
|
||||
|
||||
//++Autogenerated -- start of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface
|
||||
#define INVALID_POSITION -1
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject;
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass;
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkFixed vbox;
|
||||
void *pscin;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkFixedClass parent_class;
|
||||
|
||||
void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
guint scintilla_get_type (void);
|
||||
GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void);
|
||||
void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci,int id);
|
||||
long scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,int iMessage,int wParam,int lParam);
|
||||
|
||||
#include "WinDefs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
#include "WinDefs.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Both GTK and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
#define INVALID_POSITION -1
|
||||
|
||||
// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all edit (EM_*) messages
|
||||
// as many EM_ messages can be used.
|
||||
#define SCI_START 2000
|
||||
#define SCI_OPTIONAL_START 3000
|
||||
#define SCI_LEXER_START 4000
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDTEXT 2001
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT 2002
|
||||
#define SCI_INSERTTEXT 2003
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALL 2004
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE 2005
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLENGTH 2006
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCHARAT 2007
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS 2008
|
||||
#define SCI_GETANCHOR 2009
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT 2010
|
||||
#define SCI_REDO 2011
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION 2012
|
||||
#define SCI_SELECTALL 2013
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT 2014
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT 2015
|
||||
#define SCI_CANREDO 2016
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE 2017
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE 2018
|
||||
#define SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION 2019
|
||||
#define SCWS_INVISIBLE 0
|
||||
#define SCWS_VISIBLEALWAYS 1
|
||||
#define SCWS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT 2
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWWS 2020
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWWS 2021
|
||||
#define SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT 2022
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOLINE 2024
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOPOS 2025
|
||||
#define SCI_SETANCHOR 2026
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURLINE 2027
|
||||
#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED 2028
|
||||
#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS 2029
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDTEXT SCI_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 2
|
||||
#define SCI_INSERTTEXT SCI_START + 3
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALL SCI_START + 4
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLENGTH SCI_START + 6
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCHARAT SCI_START + 7
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS SCI_START + 8
|
||||
#define SCI_GETANCHOR SCI_START + 9
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT SCI_START + 10
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_REDO SCI_START + 11
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION SCI_START + 12
|
||||
#define SCI_SELECTALL SCI_START + 13
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT SCI_START + 14
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 15
|
||||
#define SCI_CANREDO SCI_START + 16
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE SCI_START + 17
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE SCI_START + 18
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_NONE 0
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_AUTOSTART 1
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWWS SCI_START + 20
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWWS SCI_START + 21
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOLINE SCI_START + 24
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOPOS SCI_START + 25
|
||||
#define SCI_SETANCHOR SCI_START + 26
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURLINE SCI_START + 27
|
||||
#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED SCI_START + 28
|
||||
#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS SCI_START + 29
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEOLMODE SCI_START + 30
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEOLMODE SCI_START + 31
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_CRLF 0
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_CR 1
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_LF 2
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEOLMODE 2030
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEOLMODE 2031
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTSTYLING 2032
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLING 2033
|
||||
#define SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW 2034
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW 2035
|
||||
#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH 2036
|
||||
#define SCI_GETTABWIDTH 2121
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTSTYLING SCI_START + 32
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLING SCI_START + 33
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the same value as CP_UTF8 in Windows
|
||||
#define SC_CP_UTF8 65001
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE 2037
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE 2039
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW SCI_START + 35
|
||||
#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH SCI_START + 36
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE SCI_START + 37
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE SCI_START + 39
|
||||
|
||||
#define MARKER_MAX 31
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ARROW 2
|
||||
@@ -80,296 +125,255 @@ typedef long (*SciFnDirect)(long ptr, unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wPara
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_MINUS 7
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_PLUS 8
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE SCI_START + 40
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE SCI_START + 41
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK SCI_START + 42
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERADD SCI_START + 43
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETE SCI_START + 44
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL SCI_START + 45
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERGET SCI_START + 46
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERNEXT SCI_START + 47
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS SCI_START + 48
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
|
||||
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE 2040
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE 2041
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK 2042
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERADD 2043
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETE 2044
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL 2045
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERGET 2046
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERNEXT 2047
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS 2048
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS ((1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER) | (1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN))
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
|
||||
#define SC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN 2240
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN 2241
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN 2242
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN 2243
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN 2244
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN 2245
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN 2246
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN 2247
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 240
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 241
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 242
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 243
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 244
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 245
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 246
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 247
|
||||
|
||||
#define STYLE_DEFAULT 32
|
||||
#define STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
|
||||
#define STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
|
||||
#define STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
|
||||
#define STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
|
||||
#define STYLE_INDENTGUIDE 37
|
||||
#define STYLE_MAX 127
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_ANSI 0
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT 1
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_BALTIC 186
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 136
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE 238
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_GB2312 134
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_GREEK 161
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_HANGUL 129
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_MAC 77
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_OEM 255
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN 204
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS 128
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_SYMBOL 2
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_TURKISH 162
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_JOHAB 130
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_HEBREW 177
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_ARABIC 178
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE 163
|
||||
#define SC_CHARSET_THAI 222
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL 2050
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFORE 2051
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBACK 2052
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD 2053
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC 2054
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE 2055
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFONT 2056
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED 2057
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT 2058
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE 2059
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET 2066
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELFORE 2067
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELBACK 2068
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETFORE 2069
|
||||
#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY 2070
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY 2071
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS 2072
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX 2073
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE 2074
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD 2075
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD 2076
|
||||
#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS 2077
|
||||
#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION 2078
|
||||
#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION 2079
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL SCI_START + 50
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFORE SCI_START + 51
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBACK SCI_START + 52
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD SCI_START + 53
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC SCI_START + 54
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE SCI_START + 55
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFONT SCI_START + 56
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED SCI_START + 57
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT SCI_START + 58
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE SCI_START + 59
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET SCI_START + 66
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELFORE SCI_START + 67
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELBACK SCI_START + 68
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETFORE SCI_START + 69
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY SCI_START + 70
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY SCI_START + 71
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS SCI_START + 72
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX SCI_START + 73
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 75
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 76
|
||||
#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS SCI_START + 77
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION SCI_START + 78
|
||||
#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION SCI_START + 79
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC_MAX 7
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC_PLAIN 0
|
||||
#define INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
|
||||
#define INDIC_TT 2
|
||||
#define INDIC_DIAGONAL 3
|
||||
#define INDIC_STRIKE 4
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC0_MASK 32
|
||||
#define INDIC1_MASK 64
|
||||
#define INDIC2_MASK 128
|
||||
#define INDICS_MASK INDIC0_MASK | INDIC1_MASK | INDIC2_MASK
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE 2080
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE 2081
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETFORE 2082
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETFORE 2083
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS 2090
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS 2091
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINESTATE 2092
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINESTATE 2093
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE 2094
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW 2100
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL 2101
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE 2102
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART 2103
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE 2104
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS 2105
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR 2106
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR 2107
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSELECT 2108
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART 2110
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART 2111
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS 2112
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE 2113
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE 2114
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE 2115
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE 2116
|
||||
#define SCI_SETINDENT 2122
|
||||
#define SCI_GETINDENT 2123
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUSETABS 2124
|
||||
#define SCI_GETUSETABS 2125
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION 2126
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION 2127
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION 2128
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCOLUMN 2129
|
||||
#define SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR 2130
|
||||
#define SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR 2131
|
||||
#define SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES 2132
|
||||
#define SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES 2133
|
||||
#define SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE 2134
|
||||
#define SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE 2135
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION 2136
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCODEPAGE 2137
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCARETFORE 2138
|
||||
#define SCI_GETUSEPALETTE 2139
|
||||
#define SCI_GETREADONLY 2140
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCURRENTPOS 2141
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART 2142
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART 2143
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELECTIONEND 2144
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSELECTIONEND 2145
|
||||
#define SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION 2146
|
||||
#define SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION 2147
|
||||
#define SC_PRINT_NORMAL 0
|
||||
#define SC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT 1
|
||||
#define SC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE 2
|
||||
#define SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE 2148
|
||||
#define SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE 2149
|
||||
#define SCFIND_DOWN 1
|
||||
#define SCFIND_WHOLEWORD 2
|
||||
#define SCFIND_MATCHCASE 4
|
||||
#define SCFIND_WORDSTART 0x00100000
|
||||
#define SCFIND_REGEXP 0x00200000
|
||||
#define SCI_FINDTEXT 2150
|
||||
#define SCI_FORMATRANGE 2151
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE 2152
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINE 2153
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINECOUNT 2154
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINLEFT 2155
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINLEFT 2156
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT 2157
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT 2158
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMODIFY 2159
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSEL 2160
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSELTEXT 2161
|
||||
#define SCI_GETTEXTRANGE 2162
|
||||
#define SCI_HIDESELECTION 2163
|
||||
#define SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION 2164
|
||||
#define SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION 2165
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION 2166
|
||||
#define SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE 2167
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESCROLL 2168
|
||||
#define SCI_SCROLLCARET 2169
|
||||
#define SCI_REPLACESEL 2170
|
||||
#define SCI_SETREADONLY 2171
|
||||
#define SCI_NULL 2172
|
||||
#define SCI_CANPASTE 2173
|
||||
#define SCI_CANUNDO 2174
|
||||
#define SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER 2175
|
||||
#define SCI_UNDO 2176
|
||||
#define SCI_CUT 2177
|
||||
#define SCI_COPY 2178
|
||||
#define SCI_PASTE 2179
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEAR 2180
|
||||
#define SCI_SETTEXT 2181
|
||||
#define SCI_GETTEXT 2182
|
||||
#define SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH 2183
|
||||
#define SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION 2184
|
||||
#define SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER 2185
|
||||
#define SCI_SETOVERTYPE 2186
|
||||
#define SCI_GETOVERTYPE 2187
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW 2200
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL 2201
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE 2202
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART 2203
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT 2204
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK 2205
|
||||
#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE 2220
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE 2221
|
||||
#define INDICS_MASK (INDIC0_MASK | INDIC1_MASK | INDIC2_MASK)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE SCI_START + 80
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE SCI_START + 81
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETFORE SCI_START + 82
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETFORE SCI_START + 83
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 90
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 91
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINESTATE SCI_START + 92
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINESTATE SCI_START + 93
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE SCI_START + 94
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW SCI_START + 100
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL SCI_START + 101
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE SCI_START + 102
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART SCI_START + 103
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE SCI_START + 104
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS SCI_START + 105
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR SCI_START + 106
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR SCI_START + 107
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSELECT SCI_START + 108
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETTABWIDTH SCI_START + 121
|
||||
#define SCI_SETINDENT SCI_START + 122
|
||||
#define SCI_GETINDENT SCI_START + 123
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUSETABS SCI_START + 124
|
||||
#define SCI_GETUSETABS SCI_START + 125
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION SCI_START + 126
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION SCI_START + 127
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION SCI_START + 128
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR SCI_START + 130
|
||||
#define SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR SCI_START + 131
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW SCI_START + 200
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL SCI_START + 201
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE SCI_START + 202
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART SCI_START + 203
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT SCI_START + 204
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK SCI_START + 205
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL 2222
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL 2223
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD 2224
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT 2225
|
||||
#define SCI_SHOWLINES 2226
|
||||
#define SCI_HIDELINES 2227
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE 2228
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED 2229
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED 2230
|
||||
#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD 2231
|
||||
#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE 2232
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS 2233
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWN 2300
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND 2301
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUP 2302
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND 2303
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFT 2304
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND 2305
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHT 2306
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND 2307
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFT 2308
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND 2309
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHT 2310
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND 2311
|
||||
#define SCI_HOME 2312
|
||||
#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND 2313
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEEND 2314
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND 2315
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART 2316
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND 2317
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND 2318
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND 2319
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUP 2320
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND 2321
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWN 2322
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND 2323
|
||||
#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE 2324
|
||||
#define SCI_CANCEL 2325
|
||||
#define SCI_DELETEBACK 2326
|
||||
#define SCI_TAB 2327
|
||||
#define SCI_BACKTAB 2328
|
||||
#define SCI_NEWLINE 2329
|
||||
#define SCI_FORMFEED 2330
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOME 2331
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND 2332
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMIN 2333
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMOUT 2334
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT 2335
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT 2336
|
||||
#define SCI_LINECUT 2337
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDELETE 2338
|
||||
#define SCI_LINETRANSPOSE 2339
|
||||
#define SCI_LOWERCASE 2340
|
||||
#define SCI_UPPERCASE 2341
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN 2342
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESCROLLUP 2343
|
||||
#define SCI_LINELENGTH 2350
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT 2351
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT 2352
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEMATCH 2353
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL 2355
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL 2356
|
||||
#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER 2357
|
||||
#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER 2358
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK 2359
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE SCI_START + 220
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE SCI_START + 221
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 222
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 223
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD SCI_START + 224
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT SCI_START + 225
|
||||
#define SCI_SHOWLINES SCI_START + 226
|
||||
#define SCI_HIDELINES SCI_START + 227
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE SCI_START + 228
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 229
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 230
|
||||
#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD SCI_START + 231
|
||||
#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE SCI_START + 232
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS SCI_START + 233
|
||||
|
||||
// Key messages
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWN SCI_START + 300
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 301
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUP SCI_START + 302
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 303
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFT SCI_START + 304
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 305
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHT SCI_START + 306
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 307
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFT SCI_START + 308
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 309
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHT SCI_START + 310
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 311
|
||||
#define SCI_HOME SCI_START + 312
|
||||
#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 313
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEEND SCI_START + 314
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND SCI_START + 315
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART SCI_START + 316
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND SCI_START + 317
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND SCI_START + 318
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND SCI_START + 319
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUP SCI_START + 320
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 321
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWN SCI_START + 322
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 323
|
||||
#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE SCI_START + 324
|
||||
#define SCI_CANCEL SCI_START + 325
|
||||
#define SCI_DELETEBACK SCI_START + 326
|
||||
#define SCI_TAB SCI_START + 327
|
||||
#define SCI_BACKTAB SCI_START + 328
|
||||
#define SCI_NEWLINE SCI_START + 329
|
||||
#define SCI_FORMFEED SCI_START + 330
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOME SCI_START + 331
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 332
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMIN SCI_START + 333
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMOUT SCI_START + 334
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT SCI_START + 335
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT SCI_START + 336
|
||||
#define SCI_LINECUT SCI_START + 337
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDELETE SCI_START + 338
|
||||
#define SCI_LINETRANSPOSE SCI_START + 339
|
||||
#define SCI_LOWERCASE SCI_START + 340
|
||||
#define SCI_UPPERCASE SCI_START + 341
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN SCI_START + 342
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESCROLLUP SCI_START + 343
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_LINELENGTH SCI_START + 350
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT SCI_START + 351
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT SCI_START + 352
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEMATCH SCI_START + 353
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 355
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 356
|
||||
#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 357
|
||||
#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 358
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK SCI_START + 359
|
||||
|
||||
#define EDGE_NONE 0
|
||||
#define EDGE_LINE 1
|
||||
#define EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN 2360
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN 2361
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE 2362
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE 2363
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR 2364
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR 2365
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR 2366
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT 2367
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHPREV 2368
|
||||
#define CARET_SLOP 0x01
|
||||
#define CARET_CENTER 0x02
|
||||
#define CARET_STRICT 0x04
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY 2369
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESONSCREEN 2370
|
||||
#define SCI_USEPOPUP 2371
|
||||
#define SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE 2372
|
||||
#define SCI_SETZOOM 2373
|
||||
#define SCI_GETZOOM 2374
|
||||
#define SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT 2375
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT 2376
|
||||
#define SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT 2377
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK 2378
|
||||
#define SCI_GRABFOCUS 2400
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTRECORD 3001
|
||||
#define SCI_STOPRECORD 3002
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLEXER 4001
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLEXER 4002
|
||||
#define SCI_COLOURISE 4003
|
||||
#define SCI_SETPROPERTY 4004
|
||||
#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS 4005
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 360
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 361
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 362
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 363
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 364
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 365
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR SCI_START + 366
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT SCI_START + 367
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHPREV SCI_START + 368
|
||||
|
||||
#define CARET_SLOP 0x01 // Show caret within N lines of edge when it's scrolled to view
|
||||
#define CARET_CENTER 0x02 // Center caret on screen when it's scrolled to view
|
||||
#define CARET_STRICT 0x04 // OR this with CARET_CENTER to reposition even when visible, or
|
||||
// OR this with CARET_SLOP to reposition whenever outside slop border
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY SCI_START + 369
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESONSCREEN SCI_START + 370
|
||||
#define SCI_USEPOPUP SCI_START + 371
|
||||
#define SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE SCI_START + 372
|
||||
#define SCI_SETZOOM SCI_START + 373
|
||||
#define SCI_GETZOOM SCI_START + 374
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDREFDOC SCI_START + 375
|
||||
#define SCI_RELEASEDOC SCI_START + 376
|
||||
|
||||
// GTK+ Specific
|
||||
#define SCI_GRABFOCUS SCI_START + 400
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional module for macro recording
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
typedef void (tMacroRecorder)(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
|
||||
void *userData);
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_STOPRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 2
|
||||
#define SCI_COLOURISE SCI_LEXER_START + 3
|
||||
#define SCI_SETPROPERTY SCI_LEXER_START + 4
|
||||
#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS SCI_LEXER_START + 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification
|
||||
// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
|
||||
// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
|
||||
@@ -381,98 +385,11 @@ typedef long (*SciFnDirect)(long ptr, unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wPara
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT 0x400
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE 0x800
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0xF77
|
||||
#define SCEN_CHANGE 768
|
||||
#define SCEN_SETFOCUS 512
|
||||
#define SCEN_KILLFOCUS 256
|
||||
#define SCK_DOWN 300
|
||||
#define SCK_UP 301
|
||||
#define SCK_LEFT 302
|
||||
#define SCK_RIGHT 303
|
||||
#define SCK_HOME 304
|
||||
#define SCK_END 305
|
||||
#define SCK_PRIOR 306
|
||||
#define SCK_NEXT 307
|
||||
#define SCK_DELETE 308
|
||||
#define SCK_INSERT 309
|
||||
#define SCK_ESCAPE 7
|
||||
#define SCK_BACK 8
|
||||
#define SCK_TAB 9
|
||||
#define SCK_RETURN 13
|
||||
#define SCK_ADD 310
|
||||
#define SCK_SUBTRACT 311
|
||||
#define SCK_DIVIDE 312
|
||||
#define SCMOD_SHIFT 1
|
||||
#define SCMOD_CTRL 2
|
||||
#define SCMOD_ALT 4
|
||||
#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000
|
||||
#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004
|
||||
#define SCN_KEY 2005
|
||||
#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006
|
||||
#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007
|
||||
#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008
|
||||
#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009
|
||||
#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010
|
||||
#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011
|
||||
#define SCN_POSCHANGED 2012
|
||||
//--Autogenerated -- end of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional module for macro recording
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
typedef void (tMacroRecorder)(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam,
|
||||
long lParam, void *userData);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// These structures are defined to be exactly the same shape as the Win32
|
||||
// CHARRANGE, TEXTRANGE, FINDTEXTEX, FORMATRANGE, and NMHDR structs.
|
||||
// So older code that treats Scintilla as a RichEdit will work.
|
||||
|
||||
struct CharacterRange {
|
||||
long cpMin;
|
||||
long cpMax;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct TextRange {
|
||||
CharacterRange chrg;
|
||||
char *lpstrText;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct TextToFind {
|
||||
CharacterRange chrg;
|
||||
char *lpstrText;
|
||||
CharacterRange chrgText;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PLATFORM_H
|
||||
|
||||
// This structure is used in printing and requires some of the graphics types
|
||||
// from Platform.h. Not needed by most client code.
|
||||
|
||||
struct RangeToFormat {
|
||||
SurfaceID hdc;
|
||||
SurfaceID hdcTarget;
|
||||
PRectangle rc;
|
||||
PRectangle rcPage;
|
||||
CharacterRange chrg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct NotifyHeader {
|
||||
// hwndFrom is really an environment specifc window handle or pointer
|
||||
// but most clients of Scintilla.h do not have this type visible.
|
||||
//WindowID hwndFrom;
|
||||
void *hwndFrom;
|
||||
unsigned int idFrom;
|
||||
unsigned int code;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct SCNotification {
|
||||
NotifyHeader nmhdr;
|
||||
NMHDR nmhdr;
|
||||
int position; // SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int ch; // SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY
|
||||
int modifiers; // SCN_KEY
|
||||
@@ -491,7 +408,28 @@ struct SCNotification {
|
||||
int margin; // SCN_MARGINCLICK
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS ((1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER) | (1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN))
|
||||
#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000
|
||||
#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004
|
||||
// GTK+ Specific to work around focus and accelerator problems:
|
||||
#define SCN_KEY 2005
|
||||
#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006
|
||||
#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007
|
||||
// The old name for SCN_UPDATEUI:
|
||||
#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008
|
||||
// Optional module for macro recording
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010
|
||||
#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
|
||||
void Scintilla_RegisterClasses(HINSTANCE hInstance);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecation section listing all API features that are deprecated and will
|
||||
// will be removed completely in a future version.
|
||||
@@ -499,9 +437,23 @@ struct SCNotification {
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecated in 1.27
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_NONE 0
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_AUTOSTART 1
|
||||
#define SCI_CHANGEPOSITION SCI_START + 22
|
||||
|
||||
// Default style settings. These are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFORE SCI_START + 60
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBACK SCI_START + 61
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBOLD SCI_START + 62
|
||||
#define SCI_SETITALIC SCI_START + 63
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSIZE SCI_START + 64
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFONT SCI_START + 65
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_APPENDUNDOSTARTACTION SCI_START + 74
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_MANUALSTART 2
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecated in release 1.22
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTH SCI_START + 34
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINENUMBERWIDTH SCI_START + 38
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ScintillaWidget.h - definition of Scintilla widget for GTK+
|
||||
// Only needed by GTK+ code but is harmless on other platforms.
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCINTILLAWIDGET_H
|
||||
#define SCINTILLAWIDGET_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject)
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass)
|
||||
#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ())
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject;
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass;
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaObject {
|
||||
GtkFixed vbox;
|
||||
void *pscin;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaClass {
|
||||
GtkFixedClass parent_class;
|
||||
|
||||
void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
guint scintilla_get_type (void);
|
||||
GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void);
|
||||
void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci,int id);
|
||||
long scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,int iMessage,int wParam,int lParam);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@
|
||||
#define LPSTR char *
|
||||
#define LONG long
|
||||
|
||||
//#if 0
|
||||
/* RTF control */
|
||||
#define EM_CANPASTE (1074)
|
||||
#define EM_CANUNDO (198)
|
||||
@@ -53,10 +52,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#define WM_NULL (0)
|
||||
#define WM_CLEAR (771)
|
||||
#define WM_COMMAND (273)
|
||||
#define WM_COPY (769)
|
||||
#define WM_CUT (768)
|
||||
#define WM_GETTEXT (13)
|
||||
#define WM_GETTEXTLENGTH (14)
|
||||
#define WM_NOTIFY (78)
|
||||
#define WM_PASTE (770)
|
||||
#define WM_SETTEXT (12)
|
||||
#define WM_UNDO (772)
|
||||
@@ -69,9 +70,6 @@
|
||||
#define EC_RIGHTMARGIN 2
|
||||
#define EC_USEFONTINFO 0xffff
|
||||
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#define VK_DOWN GDK_Down
|
||||
#define VK_UP GDK_Up
|
||||
@@ -111,16 +109,12 @@
|
||||
#define VK_SUBTRACT WXK_SUBTRACT
|
||||
//TODO:
|
||||
#define VK_DIVIDE WXK_DIVIDE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
|
||||
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Are these needed any more
|
||||
#define LPSTR char *
|
||||
#define LONG long
|
||||
#define LPDWORD (long *)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* SELCHANGE structure */
|
||||
#define SEL_EMPTY (0)
|
||||
@@ -129,6 +123,15 @@
|
||||
#define SEL_MULTICHAR (4)
|
||||
#define SEL_MULTIOBJECT (8)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FINDREPLACE structure */
|
||||
#define FR_MATCHCASE (0x4)
|
||||
#define FR_WHOLEWORD (0x2)
|
||||
#define FR_DOWN (0x1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
|
||||
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
|
||||
|
||||
struct RECT {
|
||||
LONG left;
|
||||
LONG top;
|
||||
@@ -136,15 +139,6 @@ struct RECT {
|
||||
LONG bottom;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* FINDREPLACE structure */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FR_MATCHCASE (0x4)
|
||||
#define FR_WHOLEWORD (0x2)
|
||||
#define FR_DOWN (0x1)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
struct CHARRANGE {
|
||||
LONG cpMin;
|
||||
LONG cpMax;
|
||||
@@ -174,10 +168,9 @@ struct FORMATRANGE {
|
||||
RECT rcPage;
|
||||
CHARRANGE chrg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAKELONG(a, b) ((a) | ((b) << 16))
|
||||
//#define LOWORD(x) (x & 0xffff)
|
||||
//#define HIWORD(x) (x >> 16)
|
||||
#define MAKELONG(a, b) ((a) | ((b) << 16))
|
||||
#define LOWORD(x) (x & 0xffff)
|
||||
#define HIWORD(x) (x >> 16)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
public:
|
||||
WindowAccessor(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_) :
|
||||
Accessor(), id(id_), props(props_),
|
||||
lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0), chWhile(0) {
|
||||
lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
~WindowAccessor();
|
||||
char StyleAt(int position);
|
||||
|
112
contrib/src/stc/scintilla/src/Accessor.cxx
Normal file
112
contrib/src/stc/scintilla/src/Accessor.cxx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// Accessor.cxx - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void Accessor::Fill(int position) {
|
||||
if (lenDoc == -1)
|
||||
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
||||
startPos = position - slopSize;
|
||||
if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc)
|
||||
startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize;
|
||||
if (startPos < 0)
|
||||
startPos = 0;
|
||||
endPos = startPos + bufferSize;
|
||||
if (endPos > lenDoc)
|
||||
endPos = lenDoc;
|
||||
|
||||
TEXTRANGE tr = {{startPos, endPos}, buf};
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_GETTEXTRANGE, 0, reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(&tr));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char Accessor::StyleAt(int position) {
|
||||
return static_cast<char>(Platform::SendScintilla(
|
||||
id, SCI_GETSTYLEAT, position, 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::GetLine(int position) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::LineStart(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEINDEX, line, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::LevelAt(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::Length() {
|
||||
if (lenDoc == -1)
|
||||
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
||||
return lenDoc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::GetLineState(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETLINESTATE, line);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETLINESTATE, line, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_STARTSTYLING, start, chMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::ColourSegment(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, int chAttr) {
|
||||
// Only perform styling if non empty range
|
||||
if (end != start - 1) {
|
||||
if (end < start) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad colour positions %d - %d\n", start, end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize)
|
||||
Flush();
|
||||
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize) {
|
||||
// Too big for buffer so send directly
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLING, end - start + 1, chAttr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (chAttr != chWhile)
|
||||
chFlags = 0;
|
||||
chAttr |= chFlags;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = start; i <= end; i++) {
|
||||
styleBuf[validLen++] = chAttr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) {
|
||||
startSeg = pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) {
|
||||
ColourSegment(startSeg, pos, chAttr);
|
||||
startSeg = pos+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int StylingContext::GetLine(int position) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL, line, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::Flush() {
|
||||
if (validLen > 0) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLINGEX, validLen,
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(styleBuf));
|
||||
validLen = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@@ -10,16 +10,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "AutoComplete.h"
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete::AutoComplete() :
|
||||
active(false),
|
||||
separator(' '),
|
||||
ignoreCase(false),
|
||||
chooseSingle(false),
|
||||
posStart(0),
|
||||
startLen(0),
|
||||
cancelAtStartPos(true) {
|
||||
stopChars[0] = '\0';
|
||||
fillUpChars[0] = '\0';
|
||||
AutoComplete::AutoComplete() {
|
||||
lb = 0;
|
||||
active = false;
|
||||
posStart = 0;
|
||||
strcpy(stopChars, "");
|
||||
separator = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete::~AutoComplete() {
|
||||
@@ -49,15 +45,6 @@ bool AutoComplete::IsStopChar(char ch) {
|
||||
return ch && strchr(stopChars, ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::SetFillUpChars(const char *fillUpChars_) {
|
||||
strncpy(fillUpChars, fillUpChars_, sizeof(fillUpChars));
|
||||
fillUpChars[sizeof(fillUpChars) - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool AutoComplete::IsFillUpChar(char ch) {
|
||||
return ch && strchr(fillUpChars, ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::SetSeparator(char separator_) {
|
||||
separator = separator_;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -66,7 +53,8 @@ char AutoComplete::GetSeparator() {
|
||||
return separator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
|
||||
int AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
|
||||
int maxStrLen = 12;
|
||||
lb.Clear();
|
||||
char *words = new char[strlen(list) + 1];
|
||||
if (words) {
|
||||
@@ -77,15 +65,18 @@ void AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
|
||||
if (words[i] == separator) {
|
||||
words[i] = '\0';
|
||||
lb.Append(startword);
|
||||
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
|
||||
startword = words + i + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (startword) {
|
||||
lb.Append(startword);
|
||||
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []words;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lb.Sort();
|
||||
return maxStrLen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Show() {
|
||||
@@ -96,6 +87,7 @@ void AutoComplete::Show() {
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Cancel() {
|
||||
if (lb.Created()) {
|
||||
lb.Destroy();
|
||||
lb = 0;
|
||||
active = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -9,16 +9,11 @@
|
||||
class AutoComplete {
|
||||
bool active;
|
||||
char stopChars[256];
|
||||
char fillUpChars[256];
|
||||
char separator;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool ignoreCase;
|
||||
bool chooseSingle;
|
||||
ListBox lb;
|
||||
int posStart;
|
||||
int startLen;
|
||||
// Should autocompletion be canceled if editor's currentPos <= startPos?
|
||||
bool cancelAtStartPos;
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete();
|
||||
~AutoComplete();
|
||||
@@ -33,16 +28,12 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_);
|
||||
bool IsStopChar(char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
// The fillup chars are characters which, when typed, fill up the selected word
|
||||
void SetFillUpChars(const char *fillUpChars_);
|
||||
bool IsFillUpChar(char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
// The separator character is used when interpreting the list in SetList
|
||||
void SetSeparator(char separator_);
|
||||
char GetSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
// The list string contains a sequence of words separated by the separator character
|
||||
void SetList(const char *list);
|
||||
int SetList(const char *list);
|
||||
|
||||
void Show();
|
||||
void Cancel();
|
||||
|
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveHandle(int handle) {
|
||||
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
|
||||
*pmhn = mhn->next;
|
||||
delete mhn;
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveNumber(int markerNum) {
|
||||
if (mhn->number == markerNum) {
|
||||
*pmhn = mhn->next;
|
||||
delete mhn;
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -119,11 +119,7 @@ void MarkerHandleSet::CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other) {
|
||||
LineVector::LineVector() {
|
||||
linesData = 0;
|
||||
lines = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
levels = 0;
|
||||
sizeLevels = 0;
|
||||
handleCurrent = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -165,7 +161,6 @@ void LineVector::Expand(int sizeNew) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
|
||||
// TODO: Blow up
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LineVector::ExpandLevels(int sizeNew) {
|
||||
@@ -185,13 +180,6 @@ void LineVector::ExpandLevels(int sizeNew) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
|
||||
// TODO: Blow up
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LineVector::ClearLevels() {
|
||||
delete []levels;
|
||||
levels = 0;
|
||||
sizeLevels = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LineVector::InsertValue(int pos, int value) {
|
||||
@@ -214,10 +202,10 @@ void LineVector::InsertValue(int pos, int value) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pos == 0) {
|
||||
levels[pos] = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
|
||||
} else if (pos == (lines - 1)) { // Last line will not be a folder
|
||||
} else if (pos == (lines-1)) { // Last line will not be a folder
|
||||
levels[pos] = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
levels[pos] = levels[pos - 1];
|
||||
levels[pos] = levels[pos-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -246,10 +234,10 @@ void LineVector::Remove(int pos) {
|
||||
linesData[i] = linesData[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (levels) {
|
||||
// Level information merges back onto previous line
|
||||
int posAbove = pos - 1;
|
||||
if (posAbove < 0)
|
||||
posAbove = 0;
|
||||
// Level information merges back onto previous line
|
||||
int posAbove = pos-1;
|
||||
if (posAbove < 0)
|
||||
posAbove = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = posAbove; j < lines; j++) {
|
||||
levels[j] = levels[j + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -292,12 +280,11 @@ int LineVector::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LineVector::MergeMarkers(int pos) {
|
||||
if (linesData[pos + 1].handleSet != NULL) {
|
||||
if (linesData[pos].handleSet == NULL )
|
||||
linesData[pos].handleSet = new MarkerHandleSet;
|
||||
linesData[pos].handleSet->CombineWith(linesData[pos + 1].handleSet);
|
||||
delete linesData[pos + 1].handleSet;
|
||||
linesData[pos + 1].handleSet = NULL;
|
||||
if (linesData[pos].handleSet || linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
|
||||
if (linesData[pos].handleSet && linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
|
||||
linesData[pos].handleSet->CombineWith(linesData[pos].handleSet);
|
||||
linesData[pos].handleSet = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -371,7 +358,7 @@ void Action::Grab(Action *source) {
|
||||
data = source->data;
|
||||
lenData = source->lenData;
|
||||
mayCoalesce = source->mayCoalesce;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Ownership of source data transferred to this
|
||||
source->position = 0;
|
||||
source->at = startAction;
|
||||
@@ -380,21 +367,21 @@ void Action::Grab(Action *source) {
|
||||
source->mayCoalesce = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// The undo history stores a sequence of user operations that represent the user's view of the
|
||||
// commands executed on the text.
|
||||
// The undo history stores a sequence of user operations that represent the user's view of the
|
||||
// commands executed on the text.
|
||||
// Each user operation contains a sequence of text insertion and text deletion actions.
|
||||
// All the user operations are stored in a list of individual actions with 'start' actions used
|
||||
// as delimiters between user operations.
|
||||
// Initially there is one start action in the history.
|
||||
// As each action is performed, it is recorded in the history. The action may either become
|
||||
// Initially there is one start action in the history.
|
||||
// As each action is performed, it is recorded in the history. The action may either become
|
||||
// part of the current user operation or may start a new user operation. If it is to be part of the
|
||||
// current operation, then it overwrites the current last action. If it is to be part of a new
|
||||
// current operation, then it overwrites the current last action. If it is to be part of a new
|
||||
// operation, it is appended after the current last action.
|
||||
// After writing the new action, a new start action is appended at the end of the history.
|
||||
// The decision of whether to start a new user operation is based upon two factors. If a
|
||||
// The decision of whether to start a new user operation is based upon two factors. If a
|
||||
// compound operation has been explicitly started by calling BeginUndoAction and no matching
|
||||
// EndUndoAction (these calls nest) has been called, then the action is coalesced into the current
|
||||
// operation. If there is no outstanding BeginUndoAction call then a new operation is started
|
||||
// EndUndoAction (these calls nest) has been called, then the action is coalesced into the current
|
||||
// operation. If there is no outstanding BeginUndoAction call then a new operation is started
|
||||
// unless it looks as if the new action is caused by the user typing or deleting a stream of text.
|
||||
// Sequences that look like typing or deletion are coalesced into a single user operation.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -425,7 +412,7 @@ void UndoHistory::EnsureUndoRoom() {
|
||||
int lenActionsNew = lenActions * 2;
|
||||
Action *actionsNew = new Action[lenActionsNew];
|
||||
if (!actionsNew)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
for (int act = 0; act <= currentAction; act++)
|
||||
actionsNew[act].Grab(&actions[act]);
|
||||
delete []actions;
|
||||
@@ -438,11 +425,11 @@ void UndoHistory::EnsureUndoRoom() {
|
||||
void UndoHistory::AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int lengthData) {
|
||||
EnsureUndoRoom();
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, lengthData, currentAction);
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("^ %d action %d %d\n", actions[currentAction - 1].at,
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("^ %d action %d %d\n", actions[currentAction - 1].at,
|
||||
// actions[currentAction - 1].position, actions[currentAction - 1].lenData);
|
||||
if (currentAction >= 1) {
|
||||
if (0 == undoSequenceDepth) {
|
||||
// Top level actions may not always be coalesced
|
||||
// Top level actions may not always be coalesced
|
||||
Action &actPrevious = actions[currentAction - 1];
|
||||
// See if current action can be coalesced into previous action
|
||||
// Will work if both are inserts or deletes and position is same
|
||||
@@ -450,23 +437,22 @@ void UndoHistory::AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int leng
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
} else if (currentAction == savePoint) {
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
} else if ((at == removeAction) &&
|
||||
((position + lengthData * 2) != actPrevious.position)) {
|
||||
} else if ((at == removeAction) &&
|
||||
((position + lengthData * 2) != actPrevious.position)) {
|
||||
// Removals must be at same position to coalesce
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
} else if ((at == insertAction) &&
|
||||
(position != (actPrevious.position + actPrevious.lenData*2))) {
|
||||
} else if ((at == insertAction) &&
|
||||
(position != (actPrevious.position + actPrevious.lenData*2))) {
|
||||
// Insertions must be immediately after to coalesce
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("action coalesced\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Actions not at top level are always coalesced unless this is after return to top level
|
||||
if (!actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce)
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -501,7 +487,7 @@ void UndoHistory::EndUndoAction() {
|
||||
actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UndoHistory::DropUndoSequence() {
|
||||
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -531,9 +517,9 @@ int UndoHistory::StartUndo() {
|
||||
// Drop any trailing startAction
|
||||
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction > 0)
|
||||
currentAction--;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Count the steps in this action
|
||||
int act = currentAction;
|
||||
int act = currentAction;
|
||||
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act > 0) {
|
||||
act--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -556,9 +542,9 @@ int UndoHistory::StartRedo() {
|
||||
// Drop any leading startAction
|
||||
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction < maxAction)
|
||||
currentAction++;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Count the steps in this action
|
||||
int act = currentAction;
|
||||
int act = currentAction;
|
||||
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act < maxAction) {
|
||||
act++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -577,11 +563,11 @@ CellBuffer::CellBuffer(int initialLength) {
|
||||
body = new char[initialLength];
|
||||
size = initialLength;
|
||||
length = 0;
|
||||
part1len = 0;
|
||||
part1len = 0;
|
||||
gaplen = initialLength;
|
||||
part2body = body + gaplen;
|
||||
readOnly = false;
|
||||
collectingUndo = true;
|
||||
collectingUndo = undoCollectAutoStart;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CellBuffer::~CellBuffer() {
|
||||
@@ -591,7 +577,7 @@ CellBuffer::~CellBuffer() {
|
||||
|
||||
void CellBuffer::GapTo(int position) {
|
||||
if (position == part1len)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (position < part1len) {
|
||||
int diff = part1len - position;
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Move gap backwards to %d diff = %d part1len=%d length=%d \n", position,diff, part1len, length);
|
||||
@@ -623,7 +609,6 @@ void CellBuffer::RoomFor(int insertionLength) {
|
||||
size = newSize;
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("end need room %d %d - size=%d length=%d\n", gaplen, insertionLength,size,length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// To make it easier to write code that uses ByteAt, a position outside the range of the buffer
|
||||
@@ -648,16 +633,16 @@ void CellBuffer::SetByteAt(int position, char ch) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (position < 0) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d\n",position);
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (position >= length + 11) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("Very Bad position %d of %d\n", position, length);
|
||||
//exit(2);
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (position >= length) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d of %d\n",position,length);
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (position < part1len) {
|
||||
@@ -673,20 +658,20 @@ char CellBuffer::CharAt(int position) {
|
||||
|
||||
void CellBuffer::GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
|
||||
if (lengthRetrieve < 0)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (position < 0)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
int bytePos = position * 2;
|
||||
if ((bytePos + lengthRetrieve * 2) > length) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad GetCharRange %d for %d of %d\n", bytePos,
|
||||
lengthRetrieve, length);
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad GetCharRange %d for %d of %d\n",bytePos,
|
||||
lengthRetrieve, length);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
GapTo(0); // Move the buffer so its easy to subscript into it
|
||||
char *pb = part2body + bytePos;
|
||||
while (lengthRetrieve--) {
|
||||
*buffer++ = *pb;
|
||||
pb += 2;
|
||||
pb +=2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -721,7 +706,7 @@ void CellBuffer::InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CellBuffer::SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask) {
|
||||
char curVal = ByteAt(position * 2 + 1);
|
||||
char curVal = ByteAt(position*2 + 1);
|
||||
if ((curVal & mask) != style) {
|
||||
SetByteAt(position*2 + 1, static_cast<char>((curVal & ~mask) | style));
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
@@ -838,7 +823,7 @@ int CellBuffer::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
|
||||
void CellBuffer::BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting at %d for %d\n", position, insertLength);
|
||||
if (insertLength == 0)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
RoomFor(insertLength);
|
||||
GapTo(position);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -898,7 +883,7 @@ void CellBuffer::BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
|
||||
void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting at %d for %d\n", position, deleteLength);
|
||||
if (deleteLength == 0)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((position == 0) && (deleteLength == length)) {
|
||||
// If whole buffer is being deleted, faster to reinitialise lines data
|
||||
@@ -930,7 +915,6 @@ void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
|
||||
ignoreNL = true; // First \n is not real deletion
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength; i += 2) {
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
@@ -948,7 +932,6 @@ void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
|
||||
ignoreNL = false; // Further \n are not real deletions
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// May have to fix up end if last deletion causes cr to be next to lf
|
||||
@@ -969,7 +952,7 @@ void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
|
||||
part2body = body + gaplen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CellBuffer::SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo) {
|
||||
undoCollectionType CellBuffer::SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
|
||||
collectingUndo = collectUndo;
|
||||
uh.DropUndoSequence();
|
||||
return collectingUndo;
|
||||
@@ -1011,12 +994,12 @@ void CellBuffer::PerformUndoStep() {
|
||||
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
|
||||
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
|
||||
styledData[i*2 + 1] = 0;
|
||||
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
|
||||
delete []styledData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
uh.CompletedUndoStep();
|
||||
uh.CompletedUndoStep();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CellBuffer::CanRedo() {
|
||||
@@ -1037,14 +1020,14 @@ void CellBuffer::PerformRedoStep() {
|
||||
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
|
||||
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
|
||||
styledData[i*2 + 1] = 0;
|
||||
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
|
||||
delete []styledData;
|
||||
} else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) {
|
||||
BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData*2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
uh.CompletedRedoStep();
|
||||
uh.CompletedRedoStep();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int CellBuffer::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
|
||||
@@ -1060,7 +1043,7 @@ int CellBuffer::GetLineState(int line) {
|
||||
int CellBuffer::GetMaxLineState() {
|
||||
return lineStates.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int CellBuffer::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
|
||||
int prev = 0;
|
||||
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
|
||||
@@ -1083,6 +1066,3 @@ int CellBuffer::GetLevel(int line) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CellBuffer::ClearLevels() {
|
||||
lv.ClearLevels();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
void Expand(int sizeNew);
|
||||
void ExpandLevels(int sizeNew=-1);
|
||||
void ClearLevels();
|
||||
void InsertValue(int pos, int value);
|
||||
void SetValue(int pos, int value);
|
||||
void Remove(int pos);
|
||||
@@ -89,6 +88,8 @@ public:
|
||||
void Grab(Action *source);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum undoCollectionType { undoCollectNone, undoCollectAutoStart, undoCollectManualStart };
|
||||
|
||||
class UndoHistory {
|
||||
Action *actions;
|
||||
int lenActions;
|
||||
@@ -140,12 +141,12 @@ private:
|
||||
char *part2body;
|
||||
bool readOnly;
|
||||
|
||||
bool collectingUndo;
|
||||
undoCollectionType collectingUndo;
|
||||
UndoHistory uh;
|
||||
|
||||
LineVector lv;
|
||||
|
||||
SVector lineStates;
|
||||
SVector<int, 4000> lineStates;
|
||||
|
||||
void GapTo(int position);
|
||||
void RoomFor(int insertionLength);
|
||||
@@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
|
||||
void BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo);
|
||||
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo);
|
||||
bool IsCollectingUndo();
|
||||
void BeginUndoAction();
|
||||
void EndUndoAction();
|
||||
@@ -221,7 +222,6 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
|
||||
int GetLevel(int line);
|
||||
void ClearLevels();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define CELL_SIZE 2
|
||||
|
@@ -171,6 +171,12 @@ bool ContractionState::SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible
|
||||
delta += visible ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
lines[line].visible = visible;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (delta != 0) {
|
||||
for (int line=lineDocEnd+1; line <= linesInDoc; line++) {
|
||||
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
linesInDisplay += delta;
|
||||
@@ -200,9 +206,3 @@ bool ContractionState::SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::ShowAll() {
|
||||
delete []lines;
|
||||
lines = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -42,11 +42,9 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetVisible(int lineDoc) const;
|
||||
bool SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const;
|
||||
bool SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded);
|
||||
|
||||
void ShowAll();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ int Document::AddRef() {
|
||||
return refCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Decrease reference count and return its previous value.
|
||||
// Decrease reference count and return its provius value.
|
||||
// Delete the document if reference count reaches zero.
|
||||
int Document::Release() {
|
||||
int curRefCount = --refCount;
|
||||
@@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ bool Document::IsCrLf(int pos) {
|
||||
return (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') && (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
bool Document::IsDBCS(int pos) {
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
if (dbcsCodePage) {
|
||||
if (SC_CP_UTF8 == dbcsCodePage) {
|
||||
unsigned char ch = static_cast<unsigned char>(cb.CharAt(pos));
|
||||
@@ -224,14 +224,10 @@ bool Document::IsDBCS(int pos) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// PLAT_GTK or PLAT_WX
|
||||
// TODO: support DBCS under GTK+ and WX
|
||||
bool Document::IsDBCS(int) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LenChar(int pos) {
|
||||
if (IsCrLf(pos)) {
|
||||
@@ -338,8 +334,6 @@ void Document::ModifiedAt(int pos) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Unlike Undo, Redo, and InsertStyledString, the pos argument is a cell number not a char number
|
||||
void Document::DeleteChars(int pos, int len) {
|
||||
if ((pos + len) > Length())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (cb.IsReadOnly() && enteredReadOnlyCount==0) {
|
||||
enteredReadOnlyCount++;
|
||||
NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
@@ -596,8 +590,6 @@ void Document::SetLineIndentation(int line, int indent) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::GetLineIndentPosition(int line) {
|
||||
if (line < 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
int pos = LineStart(line);
|
||||
int length = Length();
|
||||
while ((pos < length) && isindentchar(cb.CharAt(pos))) {
|
||||
@@ -606,25 +598,6 @@ int Document::GetLineIndentPosition(int line) {
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::GetColumn(int pos) {
|
||||
int column = 0;
|
||||
int line = LineFromPosition(pos);
|
||||
if ((line >= 0) && (line < LinesTotal())) {
|
||||
for (int i=LineStart(line);i<pos;i++) {
|
||||
char ch = cb.CharAt(i);
|
||||
if (ch == '\t')
|
||||
column = NextTab(column, tabInChars);
|
||||
else if (ch == '\r')
|
||||
return column;
|
||||
else if (ch == '\n')
|
||||
return column;
|
||||
else
|
||||
column++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return column;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop) {
|
||||
// Dedent - suck white space off the front of the line to dedent by equivalent of a tab
|
||||
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
|
||||
@@ -717,29 +690,25 @@ int Document::NextWordStart(int pos, int delta) {
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsWordStartAt(int pos) {
|
||||
if (pos > 0) {
|
||||
return !IsWordChar(CharAt(pos - 1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsWordEndAt(int pos) {
|
||||
if (pos < Length() - 1) {
|
||||
return !IsWordChar(CharAt(pos));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsWordAt(int start, int end) {
|
||||
return IsWordStartAt(start) && IsWordEndAt(end);
|
||||
int lengthDoc = Length();
|
||||
if (start > 0) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(start - 1);
|
||||
if (IsWordChar(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (end < lengthDoc - 1) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(end);
|
||||
if (IsWordChar(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find text in document, supporting both forward and backward
|
||||
// searches (just pass minPos > maxPos to do a backward search)
|
||||
// Has not been tested with backwards DBCS searches yet.
|
||||
long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s,
|
||||
bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart) {
|
||||
long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word) {
|
||||
bool forward = minPos <= maxPos;
|
||||
int increment = forward ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -769,10 +738,8 @@ long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s,
|
||||
found = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (found) {
|
||||
if ((!word && !wordStart) ||
|
||||
word && IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind) ||
|
||||
wordStart && IsWordStartAt(pos))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
@@ -784,10 +751,8 @@ long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s,
|
||||
found = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (found) {
|
||||
if (!(word && wordStart) ||
|
||||
word && IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind) ||
|
||||
wordStart && IsWordStartAt(pos))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -113,10 +113,9 @@ public:
|
||||
bool CanUndo() { return cb.CanUndo(); }
|
||||
bool CanRedo() { return cb.CanRedo(); }
|
||||
void DeleteUndoHistory() { cb.DeleteUndoHistory(); }
|
||||
bool SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo) {
|
||||
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
|
||||
return cb.SetUndoCollection(collectUndo);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool IsCollectingUndo() { return cb.IsCollectingUndo(); }
|
||||
void BeginUndoAction() { cb.BeginUndoAction(); }
|
||||
void EndUndoAction() { cb.EndUndoAction(); }
|
||||
void SetSavePoint();
|
||||
@@ -125,11 +124,9 @@ public:
|
||||
int GetLineIndentation(int line);
|
||||
void SetLineIndentation(int line, int indent);
|
||||
int GetLineIndentPosition(int line);
|
||||
int GetColumn(int position);
|
||||
void Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop);
|
||||
void ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet);
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(bool set) { cb.SetReadOnly(set); }
|
||||
bool IsReadOnly() { return cb.IsReadOnly(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void InsertChar(int pos, char ch);
|
||||
void InsertString(int position, const char *s);
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +153,6 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
|
||||
int GetLevel(int line) { return cb.GetLevel(line); }
|
||||
void ClearLevels() { cb.ClearLevels(); }
|
||||
int GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level=-1);
|
||||
int GetFoldParent(int line);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -164,9 +160,8 @@ public:
|
||||
int ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta);
|
||||
int NextWordStart(int pos, int delta);
|
||||
int Length() { return cb.Length(); }
|
||||
long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s,
|
||||
bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart);
|
||||
long FindText(int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word);
|
||||
long FindText(WORD iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
int LinesTotal();
|
||||
|
||||
void ChangeCase(Range r, bool makeUpperCase);
|
||||
@@ -191,8 +186,6 @@ public:
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool IsDBCS(int pos);
|
||||
bool IsWordChar(unsigned char ch);
|
||||
bool IsWordStartAt(int pos);
|
||||
bool IsWordEndAt(int pos);
|
||||
bool IsWordAt(int start, int end);
|
||||
void ModifiedAt(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -21,22 +20,21 @@
|
||||
DocumentAccessor::~DocumentAccessor() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
bool DocumentAccessor::InternalIsLeadByte(char ch) {
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
// TODO: support DBCS under GTK+
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WIN
|
||||
if (SC_CP_UTF8 == codePage)
|
||||
// For lexing, all characters >= 0x80 are treated the
|
||||
// same so none is considered a lead byte.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return IsDBCSLeadByteEx(codePage, ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// PLAT_GTK or PLAT_WX
|
||||
// TODO: support DBCS under GTK+ and WX
|
||||
bool DocumentAccessor::InternalIsLeadByte(char) {
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WX
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DocumentAccessor::Fill(int position) {
|
||||
if (lenDoc == -1)
|
||||
|
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DocumentAccessor(Document *pdoc_, PropSet &props_) :
|
||||
Accessor(), pdoc(pdoc_), props(props_),
|
||||
lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0), chWhile(0) {
|
||||
lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
~DocumentAccessor();
|
||||
char StyleAt(int position);
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -31,15 +31,10 @@ public:
|
||||
// Drawing is only performed for maxLineLength characters on each line.
|
||||
enum {maxLineLength = 4000};
|
||||
int numCharsInLine;
|
||||
int xHighlightGuide;
|
||||
bool highlightColumn;
|
||||
int selStart;
|
||||
int selEnd;
|
||||
int edgeColumn;
|
||||
char chars[maxLineLength+1];
|
||||
char styles[maxLineLength+1];
|
||||
char indicators[maxLineLength+1];
|
||||
int positions[maxLineLength+1];
|
||||
char chars[maxLineLength];
|
||||
char styles[maxLineLength];
|
||||
char indicators[maxLineLength];
|
||||
int positions[maxLineLength];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Editor : public DocWatcher {
|
||||
@@ -59,8 +54,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
bool stylesValid;
|
||||
ViewStyle vs;
|
||||
Palette palette;
|
||||
int printMagnification;
|
||||
int printColourMode;
|
||||
|
||||
bool hideSelection;
|
||||
bool inOverstrike;
|
||||
@@ -76,8 +69,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
Surface pixmapLine;
|
||||
Surface pixmapSelMargin;
|
||||
Surface pixmapSelPattern;
|
||||
Surface pixmapIndentGuide;
|
||||
Surface pixmapIndentGuideHighlight;
|
||||
// Intellimouse support - currently only implemented for Windows
|
||||
unsigned int ucWheelScrollLines;
|
||||
int cWheelDelta; //wheel delta from roll
|
||||
@@ -107,8 +98,8 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
bool needUpdateUI;
|
||||
Position braces[2];
|
||||
int bracesMatchStyle;
|
||||
int highlightGuideColumn;
|
||||
|
||||
int edgeState;
|
||||
int theEdge;
|
||||
|
||||
enum { notPainting, painting, paintAbandoned } paintState;
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +114,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
enum { selStream, selRectangle, selRectangleFixed } selType;
|
||||
int xStartSelect;
|
||||
int xEndSelect;
|
||||
bool primarySelection;
|
||||
|
||||
int caretPolicy;
|
||||
int caretSlop;
|
||||
@@ -178,7 +168,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
void SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_);
|
||||
void SetSelection(int currentPos_);
|
||||
void SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_);
|
||||
int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true);
|
||||
int MovePositionTo(int newPos, bool extend = false);
|
||||
int MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir);
|
||||
void SetLastXChosen();
|
||||
@@ -194,10 +183,10 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
|
||||
void PaintSelMargin(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
|
||||
void LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout &ll);
|
||||
void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int lineVisible, int xStart,
|
||||
void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart,
|
||||
PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout &ll);
|
||||
void Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea);
|
||||
long FormatRange(bool draw, RangeToFormat *pfr);
|
||||
long FormatRange(bool draw, FORMATRANGE *pfr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos() = 0;
|
||||
@@ -210,7 +199,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
virtual void AddCharUTF(char *s, unsigned int len);
|
||||
void ClearSelection();
|
||||
void ClearAll();
|
||||
void ClearDocumentStyle();
|
||||
void Cut();
|
||||
void PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len);
|
||||
virtual void Copy() = 0;
|
||||
@@ -228,7 +216,6 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyStyleToNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
|
||||
void NotifyChar(char ch);
|
||||
void NotifyMove(int position);
|
||||
void NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint);
|
||||
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
virtual void NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift);
|
||||
@@ -244,25 +231,24 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
void NotifyMacroRecord(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
void NotifyMacroRecord(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void PageMove(int direction, bool extend=false);
|
||||
void ChangeCaseOfSelection(bool makeUpperCase);
|
||||
void LineTranspose();
|
||||
virtual void CancelModes();
|
||||
virtual int KeyCommand(unsigned int iMessage);
|
||||
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
|
||||
virtual int KeyDefault(int /* key */, int /*modifiers*/);
|
||||
int KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetWhitespaceVisible();
|
||||
void SetWhitespaceVisible(int view);
|
||||
bool GetWhitespaceVisible();
|
||||
void SetWhitespaceVisible(bool view);
|
||||
|
||||
void Indent(bool forwards);
|
||||
|
||||
long FindText(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
long FindText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
void SearchAnchor();
|
||||
long SearchText(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
long SearchText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
void GoToLine(int lineNo);
|
||||
|
||||
char *CopyRange(int start, int end);
|
||||
@@ -296,11 +282,11 @@ protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
void ToggleContraction(int line);
|
||||
void EnsureLineVisible(int line);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual long DefWndProc(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam) = 0;
|
||||
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
|
||||
virtual long WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam);
|
||||
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
// Public so scintilla_set_id can use it
|
||||
int ctrlID;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ void KeyMap::Clear() {
|
||||
alloc = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, unsigned int msg) {
|
||||
void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg) {
|
||||
if ((len+1) >= alloc) {
|
||||
KeyToCommand *ktcNew = new KeyToCommand[alloc + 5];
|
||||
if (!ktcNew)
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, unsigned int msg) {
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
|
||||
UINT KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
|
||||
for (int i=0; i < len; i++) {
|
||||
if ((key == kmap[i].key) && (modifiers == kmap[i].modifiers)) {
|
||||
return kmap[i].msg;
|
||||
@@ -61,55 +61,53 @@ unsigned int KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
KeyToCommand KeyMap::MapDefault[] = {
|
||||
{SCK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN},
|
||||
{SCK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_DOWN, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN},
|
||||
{SCK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP},
|
||||
{SCK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_UP, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLUP},
|
||||
{SCK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT},
|
||||
{SCK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT},
|
||||
{SCK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT},
|
||||
{SCK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT},
|
||||
{SCK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME},
|
||||
{SCK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART},
|
||||
{SCK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND},
|
||||
{SCK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP},
|
||||
{SCK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN},
|
||||
{SCK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND},
|
||||
{SCK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CLEAR},
|
||||
{SCK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CUT},
|
||||
{SCK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT},
|
||||
{SCK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE},
|
||||
{SCK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PASTE},
|
||||
{SCK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_COPY},
|
||||
{SCK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL},
|
||||
{SCK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK},
|
||||
{SCK_BACK, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_DELETEBACK},
|
||||
{SCK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT},
|
||||
{SCK_BACK, SCI_ALT, SCI_UNDO},
|
||||
{'Z', SCI_CTRL, SCI_UNDO},
|
||||
{VK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN},
|
||||
{VK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_DOWN, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN},
|
||||
{VK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP},
|
||||
{VK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_UP, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLUP},
|
||||
{VK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT},
|
||||
{VK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT},
|
||||
{VK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT},
|
||||
{VK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT},
|
||||
{VK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME},
|
||||
{VK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART},
|
||||
{VK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND},
|
||||
{VK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND},
|
||||
{VK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP},
|
||||
{VK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN},
|
||||
{VK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND},
|
||||
{VK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, WM_CLEAR},
|
||||
{VK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, WM_CUT},
|
||||
{VK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT},
|
||||
{VK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE},
|
||||
{VK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, WM_PASTE},
|
||||
{VK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY},
|
||||
{VK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL},
|
||||
{VK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK},
|
||||
{VK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT},
|
||||
{'Z', SCI_CTRL, WM_UNDO},
|
||||
{'Y', SCI_CTRL, SCI_REDO},
|
||||
{'X', SCI_CTRL, SCI_CUT},
|
||||
{'C', SCI_CTRL, SCI_COPY},
|
||||
{'V', SCI_CTRL, SCI_PASTE},
|
||||
{'X', SCI_CTRL, WM_CUT},
|
||||
{'C', SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY},
|
||||
{'V', SCI_CTRL, WM_PASTE},
|
||||
{'A', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTALL},
|
||||
{SCK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB},
|
||||
{SCK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB},
|
||||
{SCK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE},
|
||||
{SCK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN},
|
||||
{SCK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT},
|
||||
{SCK_DIVIDE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_SETZOOM},
|
||||
{VK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB},
|
||||
{VK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB},
|
||||
{VK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE},
|
||||
{VK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN},
|
||||
{VK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT},
|
||||
{VK_DIVIDE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_SETZOOM},
|
||||
//'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_FORMFEED,
|
||||
{'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINECUT},
|
||||
{'L', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_LINEDELETE},
|
||||
|
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
|
||||
#define KEYTOCOMMAND_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_NORM 0
|
||||
#define SCI_SHIFT SCMOD_SHIFT
|
||||
#define SCI_CTRL SCMOD_CTRL
|
||||
#define SCI_ALT SCMOD_ALT
|
||||
#define SCI_SHIFT SHIFT_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_CTRL LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_ALT LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_CSHIFT (SCI_CTRL | SCI_SHIFT)
|
||||
#define SCI_ASHIFT (SCI_ALT | SCI_SHIFT)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ class KeyToCommand {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int key;
|
||||
int modifiers;
|
||||
unsigned int msg;
|
||||
UINT msg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class KeyMap {
|
||||
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ public:
|
||||
KeyMap();
|
||||
~KeyMap();
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, unsigned int msg);
|
||||
unsigned int Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure
|
||||
void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg);
|
||||
UINT Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -19,13 +19,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
static bool classifyWordCpp(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
bool wordIsUUID = false;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = styler[start + i];
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool wordIsUUID = false;
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_C_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
if (isdigit(s[0]) || (s[0] == '.'))
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s)) {
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +46,6 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
bool fold = styler.GetPropertyInt("fold");
|
||||
bool stylingWithinPreprocessor = styler.GetPropertyInt("styling.within.preprocessor");
|
||||
int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos);
|
||||
int levelPrev = styler.LevelAt(lineCurrent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
|
||||
int levelCurrent = levelPrev;
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
unsigned int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
int visibleChars = 0;
|
||||
int visChars = 0;
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
bool lastWordWasUUID = false;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i < lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
@@ -64,8 +64,6 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n')) {
|
||||
// Trigger on CR only (Mac style) or either on LF from CR+LF (Dos/Win) or on LF alone (Unix)
|
||||
// Avoid triggering two times on Dos/Win
|
||||
// End of line
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_STRINGEOL) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
@@ -73,18 +71,18 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (fold) {
|
||||
int lev = levelPrev;
|
||||
if (visibleChars == 0)
|
||||
if (visChars == 0)
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG;
|
||||
if ((levelCurrent > levelPrev) && (visibleChars > 0))
|
||||
if ((levelCurrent > levelPrev) && (visChars > 0))
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG;
|
||||
styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev);
|
||||
lineCurrent++;
|
||||
visChars = 0;
|
||||
levelPrev = levelCurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
visibleChars = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isspace(ch))
|
||||
visibleChars++;
|
||||
visChars++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
@@ -94,19 +92,13 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (ch == '@' && chNext == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_VERBATIM;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch) || (ch == '@')) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
if (lastWordWasUUID) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_UUID;
|
||||
lastWordWasUUID = false;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
@@ -123,16 +115,9 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#' && visibleChars == 1) {
|
||||
// Preprocessor commands are alone on their line
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
// Skip whitespace between # and preprocessor word
|
||||
do {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} while (isspace(ch) && (i < lengthDoc));
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +125,7 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
levelCurrent += (ch == '{') ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_IDENTIFIER) {
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
lastWordWasUUID = classifyWordCpp(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
@@ -155,6 +140,8 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
if ((ch == '{') || (ch == '}')) {
|
||||
@@ -164,16 +151,9 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR) {
|
||||
if (stylingWithinPreprocessor) {
|
||||
if (isspace(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && !(chPrev == '\\' || chPrev == '\r')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && !(chPrev == '\\' || chPrev == '\r')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_COMMENT) {
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chPrev == '*') {
|
||||
@@ -208,10 +188,13 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
} else if (chNext == '\r' || chNext == '\n') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else if (chNext == '\r' || chNext == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, SCE_C_STRINGEOL);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_CHARACTER) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, SCE_C_STRINGEOL);
|
||||
@@ -225,26 +208,39 @@ static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, Wo
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_VERBATIM) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_UUID) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n' || ch == ')') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
if (ch == ')')
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) { // One of the above succeeded
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
if (styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2) == '*')
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTDOC;
|
||||
else
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '/') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
if ((ch == '{') || (ch == '}')) {
|
||||
levelCurrent += (ch == '{') ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// LexLua.cxx - lexer for Lua language
|
||||
// Written by Paul Winwood
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void classifyWordLua(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, Accessor &styler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s[i] = styler[start + i];
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_LUA_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_LUA_NUMBER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
{
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_LUA_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseLuaDoc(unsigned int startPos,
|
||||
int length,
|
||||
int initStyle,
|
||||
WordList *keywordlists[],
|
||||
Accessor &styler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.GetLine(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
unsigned int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
bool firstChar = true;
|
||||
int literalString = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= lengthDoc; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_STRINGEOL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ch != '\r' && ch != '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING && ch == '[' && chNext == '[')
|
||||
{
|
||||
literalString++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '[' && chNext == '[')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING;
|
||||
literalString = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '$' && firstChar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (isoperator(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_LUA_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
classifyWordLua(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (ch == '[' && chNext == '[')
|
||||
{
|
||||
literalString = 1;
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '$' && firstChar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (isoperator(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_LUA_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ch == ']' && (chPrev == ']') && (--literalString == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_STRING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_CHARACTER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_LUA_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (ch == '$' && firstChar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
state = SCE_LUA_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (isoperator(ch))
|
||||
{
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_LUA_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
firstChar = (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n');
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc - 1, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmLua(SCLEX_LUA, ColouriseLuaDoc);
|
@@ -49,46 +49,6 @@ static void ColouriseBatchDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *
|
||||
ColouriseBatchLine(lineBuffer, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseDiffLine(char *lineBuffer, int endLine, Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
// It is needed to remember the current state to recognize starting
|
||||
// comment lines before the first "diff " or "--- ". If a real
|
||||
// difference starts then each line starting with ' ' is a whitespace
|
||||
// otherwise it is considered a comment (Only in..., Binary file...)
|
||||
if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "diff ", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 2);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "--- ", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 3);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "+++ ", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 3);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[0] == '@') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 4);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[0] == '-') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 5);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[0] == '+') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 6);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[0] != ' ') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseDiffDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[], Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
char lineBuffer[1024];
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int linePos = 0;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i < startPos + length; i++) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos++] = styler[i];
|
||||
if (styler[i] == '\r' || styler[i] == '\n' || (linePos >= sizeof(lineBuffer) - 1)) {
|
||||
ColouriseDiffLine(lineBuffer, i, styler);
|
||||
linePos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (linePos > 0)
|
||||
ColouriseDiffLine(lineBuffer, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColourisePropsLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int startLine, int endPos, Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
while (isspace(lineBuffer[i]) && (i < lengthLine)) // Skip initial spaces
|
||||
@@ -166,21 +126,15 @@ static void ColouriseMakeDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[
|
||||
static void ColouriseErrorListLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int endPos, Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[0] == '>') {
|
||||
// Command or return status
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_CMD);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 4);
|
||||
} else if (strstr(lineBuffer, "File \"") && strstr(lineBuffer, ", line ")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_PYTHON);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 1);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "Error ", strlen("Error "))) {
|
||||
// Borland error message
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_BORLAND);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 5);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "Warning ", strlen("Warning "))) {
|
||||
// Borland warning message
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_BORLAND);
|
||||
} else if (strstr(lineBuffer, " at " ) &&
|
||||
strstr(lineBuffer, " at " ) < lineBuffer+lengthLine &&
|
||||
strstr(lineBuffer, " line ") &&
|
||||
strstr(lineBuffer, " line ") < lineBuffer+lengthLine) {
|
||||
// perl error message
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_PERL);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 5);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Look for <filename>:<line>:message
|
||||
// Look for <filename>(line)message
|
||||
@@ -214,11 +168,11 @@ static void ColouriseErrorListLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int endPos,
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == 3) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_GCC);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 2);
|
||||
} else if ((state == 13) || (state == 14) || (state == 15)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_MS);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 3);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, SCE_ERR_DEFAULT);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -343,9 +297,8 @@ static void ColouriseLatexDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmBatch(SCLEX_BATCH, ColouriseBatchDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmDiff(SCLEX_DIFF, ColouriseDiffDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmProps(SCLEX_PROPERTIES, ColourisePropsDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmMake(SCLEX_MAKEFILE, ColouriseMakeDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmErrorList(SCLEX_ERRORLIST, ColouriseErrorListDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmMake(SCLEX_MAKEFILE, ColouriseMakeDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmBatch(SCLEX_BATCH, ColouriseBatchDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmLatex(SCLEX_LATEX, ColouriseLatexDoc);
|
||||
|
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
char chPrev = styler.SafeGetCharAt(startPos - 1);
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
for (int i = startPos; i < lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
sookedpos = 0;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
} else if (ch == '=' && (chPrev == '\r' || chPrev == '\n') && isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
} else if (ch == '=' && isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_POD;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_HERE) {
|
||||
if ((isalnum(ch) || ch == '_') && quotes < 2) {
|
||||
if (isalnum(ch) && quotes < 2) {
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos++] = ch;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
if (quotes == 0)
|
||||
@@ -292,17 +292,14 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((quotes > 1) &&
|
||||
(chPrev == '\n' || chPrev == '\r') &&
|
||||
isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, i, sooked)) {
|
||||
if (quotes > 1 && isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, i, sooked) && (chPrev == '\n' || chPrev == '\r') ) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i + sookedpos - 1, SCE_PL_HERE);
|
||||
i += sookedpos;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i);
|
||||
if (chNext == '\n' || chNext == '\r') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, SCE_PL_HERE);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_STRING) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
@@ -341,13 +338,13 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_POD) {
|
||||
if (ch == '=' && (chPrev == '\r' || chPrev == '\n')) {
|
||||
if (ch == '=') {
|
||||
if (isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, i, "=cut")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1 + 4, state);
|
||||
i += 4;
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i);
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_SCALAR) {
|
||||
@@ -412,32 +409,7 @@ static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
quoteDown = opposite(ch);
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (quotes == 0 && quoteRep == 1) {
|
||||
/* We matched something like s(...) or tr{...}
|
||||
* and are looking for the next matcher characters,
|
||||
* which could be either bracketed ({...}) or non-bracketed
|
||||
* (/.../).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Number-signs are problematic. If they occur after
|
||||
* the close of the first part, treat them like
|
||||
* a quoteUp char, even if they actually start comments.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If we find an alnum, we end the regsubst, and punt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Eric Promislow ericp@activestate.com Aug 9,2000
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (isspace(ch)) {
|
||||
// Keep going
|
||||
} else if (isalnum(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
quoteUp = ch;
|
||||
quoteDown = opposite(ch);
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == quoteDown && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
if (ch == quoteDown && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
quotes--;
|
||||
if (quotes == 0) {
|
||||
quoteRep--;
|
||||
|
@@ -33,13 +33,6 @@ static void ClassifyWordPy(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywo
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_NUMBER;
|
||||
else if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_WORD;
|
||||
// make sure that dot-qualifiers inside the word are lexed correct
|
||||
else for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1; i++) {
|
||||
if (styler[start + i] == '.') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(start + i - 1, chAttr);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(start + i, SCE_P_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
strcpy(prevWord, s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -20,21 +20,20 @@
|
||||
static int classifyWordVB(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, Accessor &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.') ||
|
||||
(styler[start] == '&' && tolower(styler[start+1]) == 'h');
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = static_cast<char>(tolower(styler[start + i]));
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
s[i] = '\0';
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (strcmp(s, "rem") == 0)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
else if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s)) {
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
if (strcmp(s, "rem") == 0)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
if (chAttr == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE)
|
||||
@@ -50,7 +49,6 @@ static void ColouriseVBDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
int visibleChars = 0;
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
@@ -65,17 +63,6 @@ static void ColouriseVBDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
// End of line
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE || state == SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
visibleChars = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isspace(ch))
|
||||
visibleChars++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
@@ -86,16 +73,6 @@ static void ColouriseVBDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#' && visibleChars == 1) {
|
||||
// Preprocessor commands are alone on their line
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '&' && tolower(chNext) == 'h') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
@@ -105,14 +82,16 @@ static void ColouriseVBDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_STRING) {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_STRING) {
|
||||
// VB doubles quotes to preserve them
|
||||
if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -24,18 +24,6 @@ bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString::size_type SString::npos = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned int HashString(const char *s) {
|
||||
unsigned int ret = 0;
|
||||
while (*s) {
|
||||
ret <<= 4;
|
||||
ret ^= *s;
|
||||
s++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get a line of input. If end of line escaped with '\\' then continue reading.
|
||||
static bool GetFullLine(const char *&fpc, int &lenData, char *s, int len) {
|
||||
bool continuation = true;
|
||||
@@ -68,39 +56,47 @@ static bool GetFullLine(const char *&fpc, int &lenData, char *s, int len) {
|
||||
|
||||
PropSet::PropSet() {
|
||||
superPS = 0;
|
||||
for (int root=0; root < hashRoots; root++)
|
||||
props[root] = 0;
|
||||
size = 10;
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
vals = new char * [size];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PropSet::~PropSet() {
|
||||
superPS = 0;
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
delete []vals;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::EnsureCanAddEntry() {
|
||||
if (used >= size - 2) {
|
||||
int newsize = size + 10;
|
||||
char **newvals = new char * [newsize];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
newvals[i] = vals[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []vals;
|
||||
vals = newvals;
|
||||
size = newsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Set(const char *key, const char *val) {
|
||||
unsigned int hash = HashString(key);
|
||||
for (Property *p=props[hash % hashRoots]; p; p=p->next) {
|
||||
if ((hash == p->hash) && (0 == strcmp(p->key, key))) {
|
||||
EnsureCanAddEntry();
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
|
||||
// Replace current value
|
||||
delete [](p->val);
|
||||
p->val = StringDup(val);
|
||||
delete [](vals[i + 1]);
|
||||
vals[i + 1] = StringDup(val);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Not found
|
||||
Property *pNew = new Property;
|
||||
if (pNew) {
|
||||
pNew->hash = HashString(key);
|
||||
pNew->key = StringDup(key);
|
||||
pNew->val = StringDup(val);
|
||||
pNew->next = props[hash % hashRoots];
|
||||
props[hash % hashRoots] = pNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
vals[used++] = StringDup(key);
|
||||
vals[used++] = StringDup(val);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Set(char *keyval) {
|
||||
while (isspace(*keyval))
|
||||
keyval++;
|
||||
char *eqat = strchr(keyval, '=');
|
||||
if (eqat) {
|
||||
*eqat = '\0';
|
||||
@@ -110,12 +106,11 @@ void PropSet::Set(char *keyval) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) {
|
||||
unsigned int hash = HashString(key);
|
||||
for (Property *p=props[hash % hashRoots]; p; p=p->next) {
|
||||
if ((hash == p->hash) && (0 == strcmp(p->key, key))) {
|
||||
return p->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (superPS) {
|
||||
// Failed here, so try in base property set
|
||||
return superPS->Get(key);
|
||||
@@ -124,36 +119,6 @@ SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::GetExpanded(const char *key) {
|
||||
SString val = Get(key);
|
||||
return Expand(val.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::Expand(const char *withvars) {
|
||||
char *base = StringDup(withvars);
|
||||
char *cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
|
||||
while (cpvar) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(cpvar, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
int lenvar = cpendvar - cpvar - 2; // Subtract the $()
|
||||
char *var = StringDup(cpvar+2, lenvar);
|
||||
SString val = GetExpanded(var);
|
||||
int newlenbase = strlen(base) + val.length() - lenvar;
|
||||
char *newbase = new char[newlenbase];
|
||||
strncpy(newbase, base, cpvar - base);
|
||||
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base), val.c_str());
|
||||
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base) + val.length(), cpendvar + 1);
|
||||
delete []var;
|
||||
delete []base;
|
||||
base = newbase;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString sret = base;
|
||||
delete []base;
|
||||
return sret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) {
|
||||
SString val = Get(key);
|
||||
if (val.length())
|
||||
@@ -162,9 +127,9 @@ int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) {
|
||||
return defaultValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) {
|
||||
bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) {
|
||||
while (*target && *prefix) {
|
||||
if (*target != *prefix)
|
||||
if (toupper(*target) != toupper(*prefix))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
target++;
|
||||
prefix++;
|
||||
@@ -181,63 +146,64 @@ bool issuffix(const char *target, const char *suffix) {
|
||||
if (lensuffix > lentarget)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
for (int i = lensuffix - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
||||
if (target[i + lentarget - lensuffix] != suffix[i])
|
||||
if (toupper(target[i + lentarget - lensuffix]) != toupper(suffix[i]))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
|
||||
for (int root=0; root < hashRoots; root++) {
|
||||
for (Property *p=props[root]; p; p=p->next) {
|
||||
if (isprefix(p->key, keybase)) {
|
||||
char *orgkeyfile = p->key + strlen(keybase);
|
||||
char *keyfile = NULL;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (isprefix(vals[i], keybase)) {
|
||||
char *orgkeyfile = vals[i] + strlen(keybase);
|
||||
char *keyfile = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strstr(orgkeyfile, "$(") == orgkeyfile) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(orgkeyfile, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
*cpendvar = '\0';
|
||||
SString s = Get(orgkeyfile + 2);
|
||||
*cpendvar= ')';
|
||||
keyfile = strdup(s.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
char *keyptr = keyfile;
|
||||
if (strstr(orgkeyfile, "$(") == orgkeyfile) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(orgkeyfile, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
int lenvar = cpendvar - orgkeyfile - 2; // Subtract the $()
|
||||
char *var = static_cast<char *>(malloc(lenvar + 1));
|
||||
strncpy(var, orgkeyfile + 2, lenvar);
|
||||
var[lenvar] = '\0';
|
||||
SString s = Get(var);
|
||||
free(var);
|
||||
keyfile = strdup(s.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
char *keyptr = keyfile;
|
||||
|
||||
if (keyfile == NULL)
|
||||
keyfile = orgkeyfile;
|
||||
if (keyfile == NULL)
|
||||
keyfile = orgkeyfile;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; ; ) {
|
||||
char *del = strchr(keyfile, ';');
|
||||
if (del == NULL)
|
||||
del = keyfile + strlen(keyfile);
|
||||
char delchr = *del;
|
||||
*del = '\0';
|
||||
if (*keyfile == '*') {
|
||||
if (issuffix(filename, keyfile + 1)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return p->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (0 == strcmp(keyfile, filename)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return p->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (delchr == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
keyfile = del + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
for (; ; ) {
|
||||
char *del = strchr(keyfile, ';');
|
||||
if (del == NULL)
|
||||
del = keyfile + strlen(keyfile);
|
||||
char delchr = *del;
|
||||
*del = '\0';
|
||||
if (*keyfile == '*') {
|
||||
if (issuffix(filename, keyfile + 1)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (EqualCaseInsensitive(keyfile, filename)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (delchr == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
keyfile = del + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (0 == strcmp(p->key, keybase)) {
|
||||
return p->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], keybase)) {
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (superPS) {
|
||||
// Failed here, so try in base property set
|
||||
return superPS->GetWild(keybase, filename);
|
||||
@@ -253,7 +219,9 @@ SString PropSet::GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(cpvar, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
int lenvar = cpendvar - cpvar - 2; // Subtract the $()
|
||||
char *var = StringDup(cpvar+2, lenvar);
|
||||
char *var = new char[lenvar + 1];
|
||||
strncpy(var, cpvar + 2, lenvar);
|
||||
var[lenvar] = '\0';
|
||||
SString val = GetWild(var, filename);
|
||||
int newlenbase = strlen(base) + val.length() - lenvar;
|
||||
char *newbase = new char[newlenbase];
|
||||
@@ -272,54 +240,36 @@ SString PropSet::GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Clear() {
|
||||
for (int root=0; root < hashRoots; root++) {
|
||||
Property *p=props[root];
|
||||
while (p) {
|
||||
Property *pNext=p->next;
|
||||
p->hash = 0;
|
||||
delete p->key;
|
||||
p->key = 0;
|
||||
delete p->val;
|
||||
p->val = 0;
|
||||
delete p;
|
||||
p = pNext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
props[root] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
delete [](vals[i]);
|
||||
vals[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len, const char *directoryForImports) {
|
||||
const char *pd = data;
|
||||
char linebuf[60000];
|
||||
bool ifIsTrue = true;
|
||||
while (len > 0) {
|
||||
GetFullLine(pd, len, linebuf, sizeof(linebuf));
|
||||
if (isalpha(linebuf[0])) // If clause ends with first non-indented line
|
||||
ifIsTrue = true;
|
||||
if (isprefix(linebuf, "if ")) {
|
||||
const char *expr = linebuf + strlen("if") + 1;
|
||||
ifIsTrue = GetInt(expr);
|
||||
} else if (isprefix(linebuf, "import ") && directoryForImports) {
|
||||
char importPath[1024];
|
||||
strcpy(importPath, directoryForImports);
|
||||
strcat(importPath, linebuf + strlen("import") + 1);
|
||||
strcat(importPath, ".properties");
|
||||
Read(importPath,directoryForImports);
|
||||
} else if (isalpha(linebuf[0])) {
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
} else if (isspace(linebuf[0]) && ifIsTrue) {
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
void PropSet::ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len) {
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
const char *pd = data;
|
||||
char linebuf[60000];
|
||||
while (GetFullLine(pd, len, linebuf, sizeof(linebuf))) {
|
||||
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If there is a final line:
|
||||
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Read(const char *filename, const char *directoryForImports) {
|
||||
void PropSet::Read(const char *filename) {
|
||||
//printf("Opening properties <%s>\n", filename);
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
char propsData[60000];
|
||||
FILE *rcfile = fopen(filename, "rb");
|
||||
if (rcfile) {
|
||||
int lenFile = fread(propsData, 1, sizeof(propsData), rcfile);
|
||||
fclose(rcfile);
|
||||
ReadFromMemory(propsData, lenFile, directoryForImports);
|
||||
ReadFromMemory(propsData, lenFile);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
//printf("Could not open <%s>\n", filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -335,8 +285,7 @@ static bool iswordsep(char ch, bool onlyLineEnds) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates an array that points into each word in the string and puts \0 terminators
|
||||
// after each word.
|
||||
static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, int *len, bool onlyLineEnds = false) {
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, bool onlyLineEnds = false) {
|
||||
char prev = '\n';
|
||||
int words = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; wordlist[j]; j++) {
|
||||
@@ -348,8 +297,8 @@ static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, int *len, bool onlyLineEnds = fa
|
||||
if (keywords) {
|
||||
words = 0;
|
||||
prev = '\0';
|
||||
int slen = strlen(wordlist);
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < slen; k++) {
|
||||
int len = strlen(wordlist);
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < len; k++) {
|
||||
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds)) {
|
||||
if (!prev) {
|
||||
keywords[words] = &wordlist[k];
|
||||
@@ -360,69 +309,25 @@ static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, int *len, bool onlyLineEnds = fa
|
||||
}
|
||||
prev = wordlist[k];
|
||||
}
|
||||
keywords[words] = &wordlist[slen];
|
||||
*len = words;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
*len = 0;
|
||||
keywords[words] = &wordlist[len];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
int words = 0; // length of the returned buffer of pointers
|
||||
#undef APICHUNK // how many pointers will be pre-allocated (to avoid buffer reallocation on each new pointer)
|
||||
#define APICHUNK 256
|
||||
int size = APICHUNK; // real size of the returned buffer of pointers
|
||||
char **keywords; // buffer for the pointers returned
|
||||
int slen = strlen(wordlist); //length of the buffer with api file
|
||||
keywords = (char**) malloc((size + 1) * sizeof (*keywords));
|
||||
words = 0;
|
||||
for (int k = 0;;) {
|
||||
while (iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds))
|
||||
wordlist[k++] = '\0';
|
||||
if (k >= slen)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (words >= size) {
|
||||
do
|
||||
size += APICHUNK;
|
||||
while (size <= words);
|
||||
keywords = (char**) realloc(keywords, (size + 1) * sizeof (*keywords));
|
||||
}
|
||||
keywords[words++] = wordlist + k;
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (k < slen)
|
||||
k++;
|
||||
else
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
while (!iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds));
|
||||
}
|
||||
out:
|
||||
keywords[words] = wordlist + slen;
|
||||
*len = words;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return keywords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::Clear() {
|
||||
if (words) {
|
||||
delete []words;
|
||||
delete []list;
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
delete []words;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
free(words);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
free(wordsNoCase);
|
||||
}
|
||||
words = 0;
|
||||
wordsNoCase = 0;
|
||||
list = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
sorted = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::Set(const char *s) {
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
list = StringDup(s);
|
||||
sorted = false;
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, &len, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
wordsNoCase = (char**) malloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (*wordsNoCase));
|
||||
memcpy(wordsNoCase, words, (len + 1) * sizeof (*words));
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *WordList::Allocate(int size) {
|
||||
@@ -432,35 +337,45 @@ char *WordList::Allocate(int size) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::SetFromAllocated() {
|
||||
sorted = false;
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, &len, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
wordsNoCase = (char**) malloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (*wordsNoCase));
|
||||
memcpy(wordsNoCase, words, (len + 1) * sizeof (*words));
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int cmpString(const void *a1, const void *a2) {
|
||||
// Can't work out the correct incantation to use modern casts here
|
||||
return strcmp(*(char**)(a1), *(char**)(a2));
|
||||
// Shell sort based upon public domain C implementation by Raymond Gardner 1991
|
||||
// Used here because of problems with mingw qsort.
|
||||
static void SortWordList(char **words, unsigned int len) {
|
||||
unsigned int gap = len / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
while (gap > 0) {
|
||||
unsigned int i = gap;
|
||||
while (i < len) {
|
||||
unsigned int j = i;
|
||||
char **a = words + j;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
j -= gap;
|
||||
char **b = a;
|
||||
a -= gap;
|
||||
if (strcmp(*a, *b) > 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = *a;
|
||||
*a = *b;
|
||||
*b = tmp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (j >= gap);
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gap = gap / 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int cmpStringNoCase(const void *a1, const void *a2) {
|
||||
// Can't work out the correct incantation to use modern casts here
|
||||
return strcasecmp(*(char**)(a1), *(char**)(a2));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SortWordList(char **words, char **wordsNoCase, unsigned int len) {
|
||||
qsort(reinterpret_cast<void*>(words), len, sizeof(*words),
|
||||
cmpString);
|
||||
qsort(reinterpret_cast<void*>(wordsNoCase), len, sizeof(*wordsNoCase),
|
||||
cmpStringNoCase);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool WordList::InList(const char *s) {
|
||||
if (0 == words)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!sorted) {
|
||||
sorted = true;
|
||||
SortWordList(words, wordsNoCase, len);
|
||||
if (len == 0) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; words[i][0]; i++)
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
SortWordList(words, len);
|
||||
for (unsigned int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++)
|
||||
starts[k] = -1;
|
||||
for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) {
|
||||
@@ -487,256 +402,3 @@ bool WordList::InList(const char *s) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns an element (complete) of the wordlist array which has the beginning
|
||||
* the same as the passed string. The length of the word to compare is passed
|
||||
* too. Letter case can be ignored or preserved (default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *WordList::GetNearestWord(const char *wordStart, int searchLen /*= -1*/, bool ignoreCase /*= false*/) {
|
||||
int start = 0; // lower bound of the api array block to search
|
||||
int end = len - 1; // upper bound of the api array block to search
|
||||
int pivot; // index of api array element just being compared
|
||||
int cond; // comparison result (in the sense of strcmp() result)
|
||||
const char *word; // api array element just being compared
|
||||
|
||||
if (0 == words)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if (!sorted) {
|
||||
sorted = true;
|
||||
SortWordList(words, wordsNoCase, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ignoreCase)
|
||||
while (start <= end) { // binary searching loop
|
||||
pivot = (start + end) >> 1;
|
||||
word = wordsNoCase[pivot];
|
||||
cond = strncasecmp(wordStart, word, searchLen);
|
||||
if (!cond && nonFuncChar(word[searchLen])) // maybe there should be a "non-word character" test here?
|
||||
return word; // result must not be freed with free()
|
||||
else if (cond < 0)
|
||||
end = pivot - 1;
|
||||
else if (cond > 0)
|
||||
start = pivot + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // preserve the letter case
|
||||
while (start <= end) { // binary searching loop
|
||||
pivot = (start + end) >> 1;
|
||||
word = words[pivot];
|
||||
cond = strncmp(wordStart, word, searchLen);
|
||||
if (!cond && nonFuncChar(word[searchLen])) // maybe there should be a "non-word character" test here?
|
||||
return word; // result must not be freed with free()
|
||||
else if (cond >= 0)
|
||||
start = pivot + 1;
|
||||
else if (cond < 0)
|
||||
end = pivot - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns elements (first words of them) of the wordlist array which have
|
||||
* the beginning the same as the passed string. The length of the word to
|
||||
* compare is passed too. Letter case can be ignored or preserved (default).
|
||||
* If there are more words meeting the condition they are returned all of
|
||||
* them in the ascending order separated with spaces.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: returned buffer has to be freed with a free() call.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *WordList::GetNearestWords(const char *wordStart, int searchLen /*= -1*/, bool ignoreCase /*= false*/) {
|
||||
int wordlen; // length of the word part (before the '(' brace) of the api array element
|
||||
int length = 0; // length of the returned buffer of words (string)
|
||||
int newlength; // length of the new buffer before the reallocating itself
|
||||
#undef WORDCHUNK // how many characters will be pre-allocated (to avoid buffer reallocation on each new word)
|
||||
#define WORDCHUNK 100
|
||||
int size = WORDCHUNK; // real size of the returned buffer of words
|
||||
char *buffer; // buffer for the words returned
|
||||
int start = 0; // lower bound of the api array block to search
|
||||
int end = len - 1; // upper bound of the api array block to search
|
||||
int pivot; // index of api array element just being compared
|
||||
int cond; // comparison result (in the sense of strcmp() result)
|
||||
int oldpivot; // pivot storage to be able to browse the api array upwards and then downwards
|
||||
const char *word; // api array element just being compared
|
||||
const char *brace; // position of the opening brace in the api array element just being compared
|
||||
|
||||
if (0 == words)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if (!sorted) {
|
||||
sorted = true;
|
||||
SortWordList(words, wordsNoCase, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
buffer = (char*) malloc(size);
|
||||
*buffer = '\0';
|
||||
if (ignoreCase)
|
||||
while (start <= end) { // binary searching loop
|
||||
pivot = (start + end) >> 1;
|
||||
word = wordsNoCase[pivot];
|
||||
cond = strncasecmp(wordStart, word, searchLen);
|
||||
if (!cond) {
|
||||
oldpivot = pivot;
|
||||
do { // browse sequentially the rest after the hit
|
||||
brace = strchr(word, '(');
|
||||
if (brace)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
else {
|
||||
brace = word + strlen(word);
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
}
|
||||
wordlen = brace - word + 1;
|
||||
newlength = length + wordlen; // stretch the buffer
|
||||
if (length)
|
||||
newlength++;
|
||||
if (newlength >= size) {
|
||||
do
|
||||
size += WORDCHUNK;
|
||||
while (size <= newlength);
|
||||
buffer = (char*) realloc(buffer, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length) // append a new entry
|
||||
buffer[length++] = ' ';
|
||||
memcpy(buffer + length, word, wordlen);
|
||||
length = newlength;
|
||||
buffer[length] = '\0';
|
||||
if (++pivot > end)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
word = wordsNoCase[pivot];
|
||||
} while (!strncasecmp(wordStart, word, searchLen));
|
||||
|
||||
pivot = oldpivot;
|
||||
for (;;) { // browse sequentially the rest before the hit
|
||||
if (--pivot < start)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
word = wordsNoCase[pivot];
|
||||
if (strncasecmp(wordStart, word, searchLen))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
brace = strchr(word, '(');
|
||||
if (brace)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
else {
|
||||
brace = word + strlen(word);
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
}
|
||||
wordlen = brace - word + 1;
|
||||
newlength = length + wordlen; // stretch the buffer
|
||||
if (length)
|
||||
newlength++;
|
||||
if (newlength >= size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
size += WORDCHUNK;
|
||||
while (size <= newlength);
|
||||
buffer = (char*) realloc(buffer, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length) // append a new entry
|
||||
buffer[length++] = ' ';
|
||||
memcpy(buffer + length, word, wordlen);
|
||||
length = newlength;
|
||||
buffer[length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return buffer; // result has to be freed with free()
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cond < 0)
|
||||
end = pivot - 1;
|
||||
else if (cond > 0)
|
||||
start = pivot + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // preserve the letter case
|
||||
while (start <= end) { // binary searching loop
|
||||
pivot = (start + end) >> 1;
|
||||
word = words[pivot];
|
||||
cond = strncmp(wordStart, word, searchLen);
|
||||
if (!cond) {
|
||||
oldpivot = pivot;
|
||||
do { // browse sequentially the rest after the hit
|
||||
brace = strchr(word, '(');
|
||||
if (brace)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
else {
|
||||
brace = word + strlen(word);
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
}
|
||||
wordlen = brace - word + 1;
|
||||
newlength = length + wordlen; // stretch the buffer
|
||||
if (length)
|
||||
newlength++;
|
||||
if (newlength >= size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
size += WORDCHUNK;
|
||||
while (size <= newlength);
|
||||
buffer = (char*) realloc(buffer, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length) // append a new entry
|
||||
buffer[length++] = ' ';
|
||||
memcpy(buffer + length, word, wordlen);
|
||||
length = newlength;
|
||||
buffer[length] = '\0';
|
||||
if (++pivot > end)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
word = words[pivot];
|
||||
} while (!strncmp(wordStart, word, searchLen));
|
||||
|
||||
pivot = oldpivot;
|
||||
for (;;) { // browse sequentially the rest before the hit
|
||||
if (--pivot < start)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
word = words[pivot];
|
||||
if (strncmp(wordStart, word, searchLen))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
brace = strchr(word, '(');
|
||||
if (brace)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
else {
|
||||
brace = word + strlen(word);
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (--brace < word)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (isspace(*brace));
|
||||
}
|
||||
wordlen = brace - word + 1;
|
||||
newlength = length + wordlen; // stretch the buffer
|
||||
if (length)
|
||||
newlength++;
|
||||
if (newlength >= size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
size += WORDCHUNK;
|
||||
while (size <= newlength);
|
||||
buffer = (char*) realloc(buffer, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length) // append a new entry
|
||||
buffer[length++] = ' ';
|
||||
memcpy(buffer + length, word, wordlen);
|
||||
length = newlength;
|
||||
buffer[length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return buffer; // result has to be freed with free()
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cond < 0)
|
||||
end = pivot - 1;
|
||||
else if (cond > 0)
|
||||
start = pivot + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(buffer);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user